Banking and Computer PDF

Exam Guru Adda Presents
BANKING NOTES
Visit Us-
Website- www.examguruadda.in
Like us - Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda
1
CHAPTER 1
Bank
A bank is a financial intermediary that accepts deposits and channels those deposits into lending
activities, either directly by loaning or indirectly through capital markets. A bank links together
customers that have capital deficits and customers with capital surpluses.
Types of Bank
1. Para banking- When Bank provide banking services except the general banking facility.
2. Narrow Banking- When banks invest its money in government securities instead investing in
market to avoid risk.
3. Overseas Banking- Banks having branches in other countries besides its origin country.
Example Bank of Baroda has maximum foreign branches by any indian bank
4. Offshore Banking- Bank which accept currency of all countries. Offshore banks are in those
countries which declares them as Heaven Bank Country. Example- Swiss Banks
5. Green banking- Promoting environmental-friendly practices and reducing your carbon

footprint from your banking activities.
6. Islamic bank- Those Banks which work according to Islamic Laws. Concept originate in
Egypt. Islamic bank opens at Cochin in kerala in 2010.
7. Kiosk Banking- When we Deposit or withdraw money from booths , it is called Kiosk
banking.
8.Defence Banking- Full banking services made available to all members of the Defence force,
including non-uniformed personnel and other civilians.
9.Retail Banking- Retail banking refers to the division of a bank that deals directly with retail
customers. Also known as consumer banking or personal banking, retail banking is the visible
face of banking to the general public.
10 Banking on Wheel- to provide banking services in remote villages which are devoid of
banking facilities as part its financial inclusion plan.
11. Wholesale banking-Wholesale banking is the provision of services by banks to

organisations such as Mortgage Brokers, large corporate clients, mid-sized companies, real estate
developers and investors, international trade finance businesses, institutional customers (such as
pension funds and government entities/agencies), and services offered to other banks or other
financial institutions.
Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

2
Classification of Banks
1. Central Bank (RBI)
2. Scheduled Banks
A scheduled bank is a bank that is listed under the second schedule of the RBI Act, 1934. In
order to be included under this schedule of the RBI Act.
Scheduled banks are further classified into commercial and cooperative banks.
Non Scheduled Banks - No bank at present
Scheduled Banks -Divided into two

1. Scheduled Commercial
A) Domestic Banks B) Foreign Banks eg HSBC

a)Government Banks b) Private Banks
i) Public Sector Bank eg. SBI, PNB
ii) RRB(Regional Rural Bank) eg. Prathma Gramin Bank
2. Co-operative Banks
• Primary credit societies

3
• Central Co-operative banks

• State co-operative Banks
3. Specialised Bank eg. Exim Bank, Nabard
Commercial Banks refer to both scheduled and non -scheduled commercial banks which are
regulated under Banking Regulation Act, 1949
.
(a) Scheduled Commercial Banks are grouped under following categories:
1. State Bank of India and its Associates
2. Nationalised Banks
3. Foreign Banks
4. Regional Rural Banks
5. Other Scheduled Commercial Banks.
(b) Non - Scheduled Commercial Banks
Note: Banks in the groups (1) & (2) above are known as public sector banks whereas, other
scheduled commercial banks mentioned at group (5) above are known as private sector banks.
• Commercial banks are the single most important source of institutional credit in India. A bank
is an institution that accepts deposits of money from the public, withdrawable by cheque and
used for lending.
•Two essential functions which make a financial institution a bank -
I. acceptance of chequable deposits (of money) from the public and II. Lending.
• Three things about deposits are noteworthy:
• They are deposits of money
• Deposits are accepted from public at large
• Deposits are repayable on demand and withdraw -able by cheque
As bank (under the Banking Regulation Act, 1949) is not allowed to carry on any business of its
own (other than that of banking), the word lending is used here broadly to include both direct
lending to borrowers and indirect lending through investment in open - market securities
NATIONALISATION OF BANKS
First to be nationalised was RBI on January 1, 1949.

Nationalisation of lmperial Bank of India and its conversion into State Bank of India in July
1955.
Conversion of 8 major State-associated banks into subsidiary banks of SBI in 1959.
Nationalisation of 14 other Indian scheduled banks in July 1969.
Nationalisation of 6 more banks in April 1980.

4
Indian bank merged into Punjab National Bank in 1995.
Functions of Banks
Acceptance of money on deposit from the public.
Collection of cheques, drafts, bills, hundis, and other instruments (inland and foreign) for their
depositors.
Issue of performance and financial guarantees.
Provision of remittance facilities by issue of drafts, mail transfers, and telegraphic transfers.
Provision of facilities of safe custody of deeds and securities and safe deposits vaults.
Purchase and sale of securities for their constituents.
Bank Deposits
Types of Bank Deposits

Traditionally banks in India have four types of deposit accounts, namely
1. Current Accounts
2. Saving Banking Accounts
3. Recurring Deposits and
4. Fixed Deposits.
Current Accounts are basically meant for businessmen and are never used for the purpose of
investment or savings. These deposits are the most liquid deposits and there are no limits for
number of transactions or the amount of transactions in a day. Most of the current account are
opened in the names of firm / company accounts. Cheque book facility is provided and the
account holder can deposit all types of the cheques and drafts in their name or endorsed in their
favour by third parties. No interest is paid by banks on these accounts. On the other hand,
banks charges certain service charges, on such accounts.
Features of Current Accounts :
(a) The main objective of Current Account holders in opening these account is to enable them
(mostly businessmen) to conduct their business transactions smoothly.
(b) There are no restrictions on the number of times deposit in cash / cheque can be made or the
amount of such deposits;
(c) Usually banks do not have any interest on such current accounts. However, in recent times
some banks have introduced special current accounts where interest (as per banks' own
guidelines) is paid

5
(d) The current accounts do not have any fixed maturity as these are on continuous basis
accounts
Saving Accounts- These deposits accounts are one of the most popular deposits for individual
accounts. These accounts not only provide cheque facility but also have lot of flexibility for
deposits and withdrawal of funds from the account. Most of the banks have rules for the
maximum number of withdrawals in a period and the maximum amount of withdrawal, but
hardly any bank enforces these. However, banks have every right to enforce such restrictions if
it is felt that the account is being misused as a current account. Till 24/10/2011, the interest on
Saving Bank Accounts was regulared by RBI and it was fixed at 4.00% on daily balance
basis. However, wef 25th October, 2011, RBI has deregulated Saving Fund account interest
rates and now banks are free to decide the same within certain conditions imposed by
RBI. Under directions of RBI, now banks are also required to open no frill accounts (this term
is used for accounts which do not have any minimum balance requirements). Although Public
Sector Banks still pay only 4% rate of interest, some private banks like Kotak Bank and Yes
Bank pay between 6% and 7% on such deposits. From the FY 2012-13, interest earned upto Rs
10,000 in a financial year on Saving Bank accounts is exempted from tax.
Recurring Deposit Accounts- These are popularly known as RD accounts and are special kind
of Term Deposits and are suitable for people who do not have lump sum amount of savings, but
are ready to save a small amount every month. Normally, such deposits earn interest on the
amount already deposited (through monthly installments) at the same rates as are applicable for
Fixed Deposits / Term Deposits. These are best if you wish to create a fund for your child's
education or marriage of your daughter or buy a car without loans or save for the future.
Recurring Deposit accounts are normally allowed for maturities ranging from 6 months to 120
months. A Pass book is usually issued wherein the person can get the entries for all the
deposits made by him / her and the interest earned. Banks also indicate the maturity value of the
RD assuming that the monthly instalents will be paid regularly on due dates. In case instalment
is delayed, the interest payable in the account will be reduced and some nominal penalty charged
for default in regular payments. Premature withdrawal of accumulated amount permitted is
usually allowed (however, penalty may be imposed for early withdrawals). These accounts can
be opened in single or joint names. Nomination facility is also available.
The RD interest rates paid by banks in India are usually the same as payable on Fixed Deposits,
except when specific rates on FDs are paid for particular number of days e.g. 500 days, 555 days,
1111 days etc i.e. these are not ending in a quarter.
Fixed Deposit Accounts or Term Deposits
All Banks in India (including SBI, PNB, BoB, BoI, Canara Bank, ICICI Bank, Yes Bank
etc.) offer fixed deposits schemes with a wide range of tenures for periods from 7 days to 10
years. These are also popularly known as FD accounts. However, in some other countries
these are known as "Term Deposits" or even called "Bond". The term "fixed" in Fixed Deposits
(FD) denotes the period of maturity or tenor. Therefore, the depositors are supposed to continue
such Fixed Deposits for the length of time for which the depositor decides to keep the money

6
with the bank. However, in case of need, the depositor can ask for closing (or breaking) the
fixed deposit prematurely by paying paying a penalty (usually of 1%, but some banks either
charge less or no penalty). (Some banks introduced variable interest fixed deposits. The rate
of interest on such deposits keeps on varying with the prevalent market rates i.e. it will go up if
market interest rates goes and it will come down if the market rates fall. However, such type of
fixed deposits have not been popular till date).
The rate of interest for Fixed Deposits differs from bank to bank (unlike earlier when the same
were regulated by RBI and all banks used to have the same interest rate structure. The present
trends indicate that private sector and foreign banks offer higher rate of interest.
Non Performing Asset
Non Performing Asset means an asset or account of borrower, which has been classified by a
bank or financial institution as sub-standard, doubtful or loss asset in accordance with the
directions or guidelines relating to asset classification issued by RBI
An asset, including a leased asset, becomes non-performing when it ceases to generate income
for the bank.
A non performing asset (NPA) is a loan or an advance where;
(i) Interest and/ or instalment of principal remain overdue for a period of more than
90 days in respect of a term loan,
(ii) The account remains ‘out of order’ in respect of an Overdraft/Cash Credit
(OD/CC), if the outstanding balance remains continuously in excess of the
sanctioned limit/drawing power. In cases where the outstanding balance in the
principal operating account is less than the sanctioned limit / drawing power, but
there are no credits continuously for 90 days as on the date of Balance Sheet or
credits are not enough to cover the interest debited during the same period, these
accounts should be treated as 'out of order'.
(iii) The bill remains overdue for a period of more than 90 days in the case of bills
purchased and discounted,
(iv) The instalment of principal or interest thereon remains overdue for two crop
seasons for short duration crops,
(v) The instalment of principal or interest thereon remains overdue for one
Crop season for long duration crops,
(vi) The amount of liquidity facility remains outstanding for more than 90 days, in
respect of a securitisation transaction undertaken in terms of guidelines on
securitisation dated February 1, 2006.
(vii) In respect of derivative transactions, the overdue receivables representing positive
mark-to-market value of a derivative contract, if these remain unpaid for a period
of 90 days from the specified due date for payment.

7
CHAPTER 2
Reserve Bank Of India
Establishment
The Reserve Bank of India was established on April 1, 1935 in accordance with the provisions of
the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.
The Central Office of the Reserve Bank was initially established in Calcutta but was permanently
moved to Mumbai in 1937. The Central Office is where the Governor sits and where policies are
formulated.
Though originally privately owned, since nationalisation in 1949, the Reserve Bank is fully
owned by the Government of India.
Central Board
The Reserve Bank's affairs are governed by a central board of directors. The board is appointed
by the Government of India in keeping with the Reserve Bank of India Act.
• Appointed/nominated for a period of four years

• Constitution:
o Official Directors
 Full-time : Governor and not more than four Deputy Governors
o Non-Official Directors
 Nominated by Government: ten Directors from various fields and two
government Officials
 Others: four Directors - one each from four local boards
Local Boards
One each for the four regions of the country in Mumbai, Calcutta, Chennai and New Delhi
Membership:
consist of five members each
appointed by the Central Government
for a term of four years

8
Functions : To advise the Central Board on local matters and to represent territorial and
economic interests of local cooperative and indigenous banks; to perform such other functions as
delegated by Central Board from time to time.
Main Functions
Monetary Authority:
• Formulates, implements and monitors the monetary policy.

• Objective: maintaining price stability and ensuring adequate flow of credit to productive
sectors.
Regulator and supervisor of the financial system:
• Prescribes broad parameters of banking operations within which the country's banking
and financial system functions.
• Objective: maintain public confidence in the system, protect depositors' interest and
provide cost-effective banking services to the public.
Manager of Foreign Exchange
• Manages the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999.

• Objective: to facilitate external trade and payment and promote orderly development and
maintenance of foreign exchange market in India.
Issuer of currency:
• Issues and exchanges or destroys currency and coins not fit for circulation.
• Objective: to give the public adequate quantity of supplies of currency notes and coins
and in good quality.
Developmental role
• Performs a wide range of promotional functions to support national objectives.
Related Functions
• Banker to the Government: performs merchant banking function for the central and the
state governments; also acts as their banker.
• Banker to banks: maintains banking accounts of all scheduled banks.
Offices
• Has 19 regional offices, most of them in state capitals and 9 Sub-offices.
Training Establishments

9
Has five training establishments
• Two, namely, College of Agricultural Banking and Reserve Bank of India Staff College
are part of the Reserve Bank
• Others are autonomous, such as, National Institute for Bank Management, Indira Gandhi
Institute for Development Research (IGIDR), Institute for Development and Research in
Banking Technology (IDRBT)
A) MONETARY POLICY OF RBI :-

The Monetary Policy of RBI is not merely one of credit restriction, but it has also the duty to see
that legitimate credit requirements are met and at the same time credit is not used for
unproductive and speculative purposes RBI has various weapons of monetary control and by
using them, it hopes to achieve its monetary policy.
I) General I Quantitative Credit Control Methods :-

In India, the legal framework of RBI’s control over the credit structure has been provided
Under Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 and the Banking RegulationAct, 1949. Quantitative
credit controls are used to maintain proper quantity of credit o money supply in market. Some of
the important general credit control methods are:-
1. Bank Rate Policy :-

Bank rate is the rate at which the Central bank lends money to the commercial banks for their
liquidity requirements. Bank rate is also called discount rate. In other words bank rate is the rate
at which the central bank rediscounts eligible papers (like approved securities, bills of exchange,
commercial papers etc) held by commercial banks.
Bank rate is important because its is the pace setter to other marketrates of interest. Bank rates
have been changed several times by RBI to control inflation and recession. By 2003, the bank
rate has been reduced to 6% p.a.
2. Open market operations :-

It refers to buying and selling of government securities in open market in order to expand or
contract the amount of money in the banking system.This technique is superior to bank rate
policy. Purchases inject money into the banking system while sale of securities do the opposite.
During last two decades the RBI has been undertaking switch operations. These involve the
purchase of one loan against the sale of another or, vice-versa. This policy aims at preventing
unrestricted increase in liquidity.
3. Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR)

The Gash Reserve Ratio (CRR) is an effective instrument of credit control. Under the RBl Act
of, l934 every commercial bank has to keep certain minimum cash reserves with RBI. The RBI is
empowered to vary the CRR between 3% and 15%. A high CRR reduces the cash for lending
and a low CRR increases the cash for lending.
4. Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR)

Under SLR, the government has imposed an obligation on the banks to ,maintain a certain ratio
to its total deposits with RBI in the form of liquid assets like cash, gold and other securities. The

10
RBI has power to fix SLR in the range of 25% and 40% between 1990 and 1992 SLR was as
high as 38.5%. Narasimham Committee did not favour maintenance of high SLR. The SLR was
lowered down to 25% from 10thOctober 1997.It was further reduced to 24% on November 2008.
At present it is 25%.
5. Repo And Reverse Repo Rates

In determining interest rate trends, the repo and reverse repo rates are becoming important. Repo
means Sale and Repurchase Agreement. Repo is a swap deal involving the immediate Sale of
Securities and simultaneous purchase of those securities at a future date, at a predetermined
price. Repo rate helps commercial banks to acquire funds from RBI by selling securities and also
agreeing to repurchase at a later date.
Reverse repo rate is the rate that banks get from RBI for parking their short term excess funds
with RBI. Repo and reverse repo operations are used by RBI in its Liquidity Adjustment Facility.
RBI contracts credit by increasing the repo and reverse repo rates and by decreasing them it
expands credit.
II) SELECTIVE / QUALITATIVE CREDIT CONTROL METHODS :-

Under Selective Credit Control, credit is provided to selected borrowersfor selected purpose,
depending upon the use to which the control try to regulate the quality of credit - the direction
towards thecredit flows. The Selective Controls are :-
1. Ceiling On Credit
The Ceiling on level of credit restricts the lending capacity of a bank to grant advances against
certain controlled securities.
2. Margin Requirements :-
A loan is sanctioned against Collateral Security. Margin means that proportion of the value of
security against which loan is not given. Margin against a particular security is reduced or
increased in order to encourager to discourage the flow of credit to a particular sector. It varies
from 20% to 80%. For agricultural commodities it is as high as 75%. Higher the margin lesser
will be the loan sanctioned.
3. Discriminatory Interest Rate (DIR)

Through DIR, RBI makes credit flow to certain priority or weaker sectors by charging
concessional rates of interest. RBI issues supplementary instructions regarding granting of
additional credit against sensitive commodities, issue of guarantees, making advances etc. .
4. Directives:-
The RBI issues directives to banks regarding advances. Directives are regarding the purpose for
which loans may or may not be given.
5. Direct Action
It is too severe and is therefore rarely followed. It may involve refusal by RBI to rediscount bills
or cancellation of license, if the bank has failed to comply with the directives of RBI.

11
6. Moral Suasion
Under Moral Suasion, RBI issues periodical letters to bank to exercise control over credit in
general or advances against particular commodities. Periodic discussions are held with
authorities of commercial banks in this respect.

12
CHAPTER 3
NEFT AND RTGS

Q.1. What is NEFT?
Ans: National Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT) is a nation-wide payment system facilitating
one-to-one funds transfer. Under this Scheme, individuals, firms and corporates can
electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual, firm or corporate having an
account with any other bank branch in the country participating in the Scheme.
Q.2. Are all bank branches in the country part of the NEFT funds transfer network?
Ans: For being part of the NEFT funds transfer network, a bank branch has to be NEFT-
enabled. The list of bank-wise branches which are participating in NEFT is provided in the
website of Reserve Bank of India
Q.3. Who can transfer funds using NEFT?

Ans: Individuals, firms or corporates maintaining accounts with a bank branch can transfer funds
using NEFT. Even such individuals who do not have a bank account (walk-in customers) can
also deposit cash at the NEFT-enabled branches with instructions to transfer funds using NEFT.
However, such cash remittances will be restricted to a maximum of Rs.50,000/- per transaction.
Such customers have to furnish full details including complete address, telephone number,
etc.NEFT, thus, facilitates originators or remitters to initiate funds transfer transactions even
without having a bank account.
Q.4. Who can receive funds through the NEFT system?

Ans: Individuals, firms or corporates maintaining accounts with a bank branch can receive funds
through the NEFT system. It is, therefore, necessary for the beneficiary to have an account with
the NEFT enabled destination bank branch in the country.
The NEFT system also facilitates one-waycross-border transfer of funds from India to Nepal.
This is known as the Indo-Nepal Remittance Facility Scheme. A remitter can transfer funds from
any of the NEFT-enabled branches in to Nepal, irrespective of whether the beneficiary in Nepal
maintains an account with a bank branch in Nepal or not. The beneficiary would receive funds in
Nepalese Rupees. Further details on the Indo-Nepal Remittance Facility Scheme are available on
the website of Reserve Bank of India
Q.5. Is there any limit on the amount that could be transferred using NEFT?
Ans: No. There is no limit – either minimum or maximum – on the amount of funds that could be
transferred using NEFT. However, maximum amount per transaction is limited to Rs.50,000/- for
cash-based remittances and remittances to Nepal.

13
Q.7. Whether the system is centre specific or has any geographical restriction?
Ans: No. There is no restriction of centres or of any geographical area within the country. The
NEFT system takes advantage of the core banking system in banks. Accordingly, the settlement
of funds between originating and receiving banks takes places centrally at Mumbai, whereas the
branches participating in NEFT can be located anywhere across the length and breadth of the
country.
Q.6. What are the operating hours of NEFT?

Ans : Presently, NEFT operates in hourly batches - there are twelve settlements from 8 am to 7
pm on week days (Monday through Friday) and six settlements from 8 am to 1 pm on Saturdays.
Q.7. How does the NEFT system operate?

Step-1 : An individual / firm / corporate intending to originate transfer of funds through NEFT
has to fill an application form providing details of the beneficiary (like name of the beneficiary,
name of the bank branch where the beneficiary has an account, IFSC of the beneficiary bank
branch, account type and account number) and the amount to be remitted. The application form
will be available at the originating bank branch. The remitter authorizes his/her bank branch to
debit his account and remit the specified amount to the beneficiary. Customers enjoying net
banking facility offered by their bankers can also initiate the funds transfer request online. Some
banks offer the NEFT facility even through the ATMs. Walk-in customers will, however, have to
give their contact details (complete address and telephone number, etc.) to the branch. This will
help the branch to refund the money to the customer in case credit could not be afforded to the
beneficiary’s bank account or the transaction is rejected / returned for any reason.
Step-2 : The originating bank branch prepares a message and sends the message to its pooling
centre (also called the NEFT Service Centre).
Step-3 : The pooling centre forwards the message to the NEFT Clearing Centre (operated by
National Clearing Cell, Reserve Bank of India, Mumbai) to be included for the next available
batch.
Step-4 : The Clearing Centre sorts the funds transfer transactions destination bank-wise and
prepares accounting entries to receive funds from the originating banks (debit) and give the funds
to the destination banks(credit). Thereafter, bank-wise remittance messages are forwarded to the
destination banks through their pooling centre (NEFT Service Centre).
Step-5 : The destination banks receive the inward remittance messages from the Clearing Centre
and pass on the credit to the beneficiary customers’ accounts.
Q.8. What is IFSC?

Ans : IFSC or Indian Financial System Code is an alpha-numeric code that uniquely identifies a
bank-branch participating in the NEFT system. This is an 11 digit code with the first 4 alpha
characters representing the bank, and the last 6 characters representing the branch. The 5th

14
character is 0 (zero). IFSC is used by the NEFT system to identify the originating / destination
banks / branches and also to route the messages appropriately to the concerned banks / branches.
Q.9. How can the IFSC of a bank-branch be found?

Ans: Bank-wise list of IFSCs is available with all the bank-branches participating in NEFT.List
of bank-wise branches participating in NEFT and their IFSCs is available on the website of
Reserve Bank of India . All the banks have also been advised to print the IFSC of the branch on
cheques issued to their customers. For net banking customers many banks have enabled online
search / pop-up of the IFSC of the destination bank branch.
Further, banks have also been advised to ensure that their branch staff provide necessary
assistance to customers in filling out the required details, including IFSC details, in the NEFT
application form, and also help in ensuring that there is no mismatch between the IFSC code and
branch details of beneficiary branch as provided by the customer.
Q.10. What are the processing or service charges for NEFT transactions?
Ans: The structure of charges that can be levied on the customer for NEFT is given below:
a) Inward transactions at destination bank branches (for credit to beneficiary accounts)
– Free, no charges to be levied from beneficiaries
b) Outward transactions at originating bank branches – charges applicable for the remitter
- For transactions up to Rs 10,000 : not exceeding Rs 2.50 (+ Service Tax)
- For transactions above Rs 10,000 up to Rs 1 lakh: not exceeding Rs 5 (+ Service Tax)
- For transactions above Rs 1 lakh and up to Rs 2 lakhs: not exceeding Rs 15 (+ Service Tax)
- For transactions above Rs 2 lakhs: not exceeding Rs 25 (+ Service Tax)
c) Charges applicable for transferring funds from India to Nepal using the NEFT system (under
the Indo-Nepal Remittance Facility Scheme) is available on the website of RBI With effect from
1st July 2011, originating banks are required to pay a nominal charge of 25 paise each per
transaction to the clearing house as well as destination bank as service charge. However, these
charges cannot be passed on to the customers by the banks.
Q.11. When can the beneficiary expect to get the credit to his bank account?
Ans: The beneficiary can expect to get credit for the first ten batches on week days (i.e.,
transactions from 8 am to 5 pm) and the first five batches on Saturdays (i.e., transactions from 8
am to 12 noon) on the same day. For transactions settled in the last two batches on week days
(i.e., transactions settled in the 6 and 7 pm batches) and the last batch on Saturdays (i.e.,
transactions handled in the 1 pm batch) beneficiaries can expect to get credit either on the same
day or on the next working day morning (depending on the type of facility enjoyed by the
beneficiary with his bank).
Q.12. Who should be contacted in case of non-credit or delay in credit to the beneficiary
account?

15
Ans: In case of non-credit or delay in credit to the beneficiary account, the NEFT Customer
Facilitation Centre (CFC) of the respective bank can be contacted (the remitter can contact his
bank’s CFC; the beneficiary may contact the CFC of his bank). Details of NEFT Customer
Facilitation Centres of banks are available on the websites of the respective banks. The details
are also available on the website of Reserve Bank of India
If the issue is not resolved satisfactorily, the NEFT Help Desk (or Customer Facilitation Centre
of Reserve Bank of India) at National Clearing Cell, Reserve Bank of India, Mumbai may be
contacted through e-mail or by addressing correspondence to the General Manager, Reserve
Bank of India, National Clearing Centre, First Floor, Free Press House, Nariman Point, Mumbai
– 400 021.
Q.13. What will happen if credit is not afforded to the account of the beneficiary?
Ans: If it is not possible to afford credit to the account of the beneficiary for whatever reason,
destination banks are required to return the transaction (to the originating branch) within two
hours of completion of the batch in which the transaction was processed.
For example, if a customer submits a fund transfer request at 12.05 p.m. to a NEFT-enabled
branch, the branch in turn forwards the message through its pooling centre to the NEFT Clearing
Centre for processing in the immediately available batch which (say) is the 1.00 pm batch. If the
destination bank is unable to afford the credit to the beneficiary for any reason, it has to return
the transaction to the originating bank, not later than in the 3.00 pm batch. On receiving such a
returned transaction, the originating bank has to credit the amount back to account of the
originating customer. To conclude, for all uncredited transactions, customers can reasonably
expect the funds to be received back by them in around 3 to 4 hours time.
Q.14. Can NEFT be used to transfer funds from / to NRE and NRO accounts?
Ans: Yes. NEFT can be used to transfer funds from or to NRE and NRO accounts in the country.
This, however, is subject to the adherence of the provisions of the Foreign Exchange
Management Act, 2000 (FEMA) and Wire Transfer Guidelines.
Q.15. Can remittances be sent abroad using NEFT?

Ans: No. However, a facility is available to send outward remittances to Nepal under the Indo-
Nepal Remittance Facility Scheme.
Q.16. What are the other transactions that could be initiated using NEFT?
Ans: Besides personal funds transfer, the NEFT system can also be used for a variety of
transaction including payment of credit card dues to the card issuing banks. It is necessary to
quote the IFSC of the beneficiary card issuing bank to initiate the bill payment transactions using
NEFT.
Q.17. Can a transaction be originated to draw (receive) funds from another account?

16
Ans : No. NEFT is a credit-push system i.e., transactions can be originated only to transfer /
remit funds to a beneficiary.
Q.18. Would the remitter receive an acknowledgement once the funds are transferred to
the account of the beneficiary?
Ans: Yes. In case of successful credit to the beneficiary's account, the bank which had originated
the transaction is expected to send a confirmation to the originating customer (through SMS or e-
mail) advising of the credit as also mentioning the date and time of credit. For the purpose,
remitters need to provide their mobile number / e-mail-id to the branch at the time of originating
the transaction.
Q.19. Is there a way for the remitter to track a transaction in NEFT?

Ans: Yes, the remitter can track the NEFT transaction through the originating bank branch or its
CFC using the unique transaction reference number provided at the time of initiating the funds
transfer. It is possible for the originating bank branch to keep track and be aware of the status of
the NEFT transaction at all times.
Q.20. What are the pre-requisites for originating a NEFT transaction?

Ans : Following are the pre-requisites for putting through a funds transfer transaction using
NEFT –
• Originating and destination bank branches should be part of the NEFT network
• Beneficiary details such as beneficiary name, account number and account type, name
and IFSC of the beneficiary bank branch should be available with the remitter
• For net banking customers, some banks provide the facility to automatically pop-up the
IFSC once name of the destination bank and branch is highlighted / chosen / indicated /
keyed in.
Q.21. What are the benefits of using NEFT?

Ans: NEFT offers many advantages over the other modes of funds transfer:
• The remitter need not send the physical cheque or Demand Draft to the beneficiary.
• The beneficiary need not visit his / her bank for depositing the paper instruments.
• The beneficiary need not be apprehensive of loss / theft of physical instruments or the
likelihood of fraudulent encashment thereof.
• Cost effective.
• Credit confirmation of the remittances sent by SMS or email.
• Remitter can initiate the remittances from his home / place of work using the internet
banking also.
• Near real time transfer of the funds to the beneficiary account in a secure manner.

17
RTGS
Q1. What is RTGS System?

Ans. The acronym 'RTGS' stands for Real Time Gross Settlement, which can be defined as the
continuous (real-time) settlement of funds transfers individually on an order by order basis
(without netting). 'Real Time' means the processing of instructions at the time they are received
rather than at some later time; 'Gross Settlement' means the settlement of funds transfer
instructions occurs individually (on an instruction by instruction basis). Considering that the
funds settlement takes place in the books of the Reserve Bank of India, the payments are final
and irrevocable.
Q2. How RTGS is different from National Electronics Funds Transfer System (NEFT)?
Ans. NEFT is an electronic fund transfer system that operates on a Deferred Net Settlement
(DNS) basis which settles transactions in batches. In DNS, the settlement takes place with all
transactions received till the particular cut-off time. These transactions are netted (payable and
receivables) in NEFT whereas in RTGS the transactions are settled individually. For example,
currently, NEFT operates in hourly batches. [There are twelve settlements from 8 am to 7 pm on
week days and six settlements from 8 am to 1 pm on Saturdays.] Any transaction initiated after a
designated settlement time would have to wait till the next designated settlement time Contrary
to this, in the RTGS transactions are processed continuously throughout the RTGS business
hours.
Q3. Is there any minimum / maximum amount stipulation for RTGS transactions?
Ans. The RTGS system is primarily meant for large value transactions. The minimum amount to
be remitted through RTGS is ` 2 lakh. There is no upper ceiling for RTGS transactions.
Q4. What is the time taken for effecting funds transfer from one account to another under
RTGS?
Ans. Under normal circumstances the beneficiary branches are expected to receive the funds in
real time as soon as funds are transferred by the remitting bank. The beneficiary bank has to
credit the beneficiary's account within 30 minutes of receiving the funds transfer message.
Q5. Would the remitting customer receive an acknowledgement of money credited to the
beneficiary's account?
Ans. The remitting bank receives a message from the Reserve Bank that money has been
credited to the receiving bank. Based on this the remitting bank can advise the remitting
customer through SMS that money has been credited to the receiving bank.
Q6. Would the remitting customer get back the money if it is not credited to the
beneficiary's account? When?

18
Ans. Yes. Funds, received by a RTGS member for the credit to a beneficiary customer’s account,
will be returned to the originating RTGS member within one hour of the receipt of the payment
at the PI of the recipient bank or before the end of the RTGS Business day, whichever is earlier,
if it is not possible to credit the funds to the beneficiary customer’s account for any reason e.g.
account does not exist, account frozen, etc. Once the money is received back by the remitting
bank, the original debit entry in the customer's account is reversed.
Q7. Till what time RTGS service window is available?

Ans. The RTGS service window for customer's transactions is available to banks from 9.00
hours to 16.30 hours on week days and from 9.00 hours to 14:00 hours on Saturdays for
settlement at the RBI end. However, the timings that the banks follow may vary depending on
the customer timings of the bank branches.
Q8. What about Processing Charges / Service Charges for RTGS transactions?
Ans With a view to rationalize the service charges levied by banks for offering funds transfer
through RTGS system, a broad framework has been mandated as under:
a) Inward transactions – Free, no charge to be levied.
b) Outward transactions – ` 2 lakh to ` 5 lakh - not exceeding ` 30.00 per transaction;
Above ` 5 lakh – not exceeding ` 55.00 per transaction.
Q9. What is the essential information that the remitting customer would have to furnish to
a bank for the remittance to be effected?
Ans. The remitting customer has to furnish the following information to a bank for initiating a
RTGS remittance:
1. Amount to be remitted
2. Remitting customer’s account number which is to be debited
3. Name of the beneficiary bank and branch
4. The IFSC Number of the receiving branch
5. Name of the beneficiary customer
6. Account number of the beneficiary customer
7. Sender to receiver information, if any
Q10. How would one know the IFSC number of the receiving branch?
Ans. The beneficiary customer can obtain the IFSC code from his bank branch. The IFSC code is
also available on the cheque leaf. The list of IFSCs is also available on the RBI website . This
code number and bank branch details can be communicated by the beneficiary to the remitting
customer.
Q11. Do all bank branches in India provide RTGS service?

Ans. No. All the bank branches in India are not RTGS enabled. Presently, there are more than
100,000 RTGS enabled bank branches. The list of such branches is available on RBI website
Q12. Is there any way that a remitting customer can track the remittance transaction?

19
Ans It would depend on the arrangement between the remitting customer and the remitting bank.
Some banks with internet banking facility provide this service. Once the funds are credited to the
account of the beneficiary bank, the remitting customer gets a confirmation from his bank either
by an e-mail or SMS. Customer may also contact RTGS / NEFT Customer Facilitation Centres
of the banks, for tracking a transaction.
Q13. Whom do I can contact, in case of non-credit or delay in credit to the beneficiary
account?
Ans. Contact your bank / branch. If the issue is not resolved satisfactorily, complaint may be
lodged to the Customer Service Department of RBI at -
The Chief General Manager
Reserve Bank of India
Customer Service Department
1st Floor, Amar Building, Fort
Mumbai – 400 001
Or send email
Q14. How can a remitting customer know whether the bank branch of the beneficiary
accepts remittance through RTGS?
Ans. For a funds transfer to go through RTGS, both the sending bank branch and the receiving
bank branch would have to be RTGS enabled. The lists are readily available at all RTGS enabled
branches. Besides, the information is available at RBI website. Considering that more than
110,000 branches at more than 30,000 cities / towns / taluka places are covered under the RTGS
system, getting this information would not be difficult.

20
CHAPTER 4
National Income
Product has two types of cost
1. Factor cost
2. Market cost
National income first time calculated by Dadabhai naroji in 1867 and he wrote a book “ Povery
& Unbritish Rule in India”
National Income= Total income/ Total population
1931-32 Mr. V.K.R.V Rao calculated national Income second time.(First time by scientific way)
1949 National Income Committee headed by P.C Mahalanobis (Economist)
Note- 2nd five year model based on P.C Mahalanobis .
29th june is celebrated as National Statistical Day
The Base year for national Income is 2004-05

According to National Income Committee 1949 “national Income estimates measured in
volume of goods and services, turned out during a given period counted without duplication.”
Gross domestic product(GDP)- The total monetary value of all final goods and services
produced ina geographical boundary in a financial year.
Gross Natioanl Product(GNP)- IN GDP, add the income earned by Nationals (people of India)
in Foreign country andsubstract the income earned by foreigners within the country(India).
Net National Product (NNP)- calculated on goods and services

NNP= GNP- Depreciation

21
CHAPTER 5
Inflation
Inflation-Inflation is a persistent increase in the general price level of goods and services in
an economy over a period of time
In India for inflation measurement Base year is 2004-05.
Types of Inflation-
1. Demand pull inflation

2. Cost push Inflation
3. wages Inflation
4. Imported Inflation
1. Demand Pull Inflation- occurs demand for goods and services exceed the supply.
2. Cost Push Inflation- Price increse duw to increse in price of other products.
3. Wages Inflation- It occur due to increase in wages as a result purchasing power of people
increase.
4. Imported Inflation- The general price level rises in a country because of the rise in prices of
imported commodities.
Categories of Inflation-
1. Creeping Inflation- When there is a general rise in prices at very low rates, which is usually
between 2-4 percent annually.
2. Walking Inflation - This type of strong, or pernicious, inflation is between 3-10% a year. It
is harmful to the economy because it heats up economic growth too fast.
3. Galloping Inflation- When inflation rises to ten percent or greater, it wreaks absolute havoc
on the economy. Money loses value so fast that business and employee income can't keep up
with costs and prices.
4. Hyper Inflation- Hyperinflation is when the prices skyrocket more than 50% -- a month. It is
fortunately very rare.

22
Inflation Related Terms
1. Deflation- Deflation is the opposite of inflation -- it's when prices fall. It is caused by a
reduction in the supply of money or credit .
2. Hyperinflation- Extremely rapid or out of control inflation. Hyper inflation is a situation

where the price increses are so out of control that the concept of inflation is meaningless.
3. Stagflation- A condition of slow economic growth and relatively high unemployemnt- a time
of stagnation- accompanied by a rise in rises , or inflation.
4. Disinflation- A slowing in the rate of price inflation. Disinflation is used to describe instances
when the inflation rate has reduced marginally over the short term. It is used to describe periods
of slow inflation.
5. Reflation- Reflation is the act of stimulating the economy by incresing the money supply or
by reducing taxes. it is opposite of disinflation.

23
CHAPTER 6
Budget and its types

Budget- Budget is the estimation of income and expenditure.
Budget is prepared for proper and systematic development.
Budget represent in 3 ways-

1. Income> expenditure= surplus
2. Income= expenditure= balance budget
3. Income< expenditure = deficit budget
Note- India's budget is always deficit because India is a developing country.
Sources of Money for Government-

1. Loan from RBI
2. Government securities
3. Loan from Asian development Bank and world bank
Categories of Budget-
1. Gender Budget
2. Zero base Budget
3. Outcome Budget
4. Traditional Budget
5. Performance Budget
6. Interim Budget
1. Gender Budget- When budget is female oriented is called gender budget.
2. Zero base Budget- When government form budget without considering last years budget
performance that is called zero base budget.
3. Outcome Budget- When budget is result oriented(means particular sector growth related).
4. Traditional Budget- When income estimated and expenditure fixed is called Traditional
budget.
5. Performance Budget- When government form budget with considering last year budget.
6. Interim Budget- Year 2014-15 budget is interim budget.

When government is not able to prepare budget for full year is called interim budget. Example in
election times , in wars.
Interim Budget is for 4 months.
Note- First time budget was represented by Robert woolpoul in 1773 in U.K.
Bugat is a french word for Budget.

24
In India under Constitution Article 112 government present Union Budget. In constitution of
India annual financial statement is mentioned not budget.
State Legislative Assemble present their budget by article 202.
India's First Budget was presented by James Wilson in 1860 when lord canning is viceroy of
India.
In 1921 Edward committee recommend to divide budget in two parts-
1. Rail Budget
2. Union Budget
First Independent India's Budget presented by Mr. R. K kshadmugam chatti (it is first interim
budget) in November 1947.
First Republic India's Budget presented byMr. John Mathei.

25
CHAPTER 7
Banking Ombudsman, 2006

1. What is the Banking Ombudsman Scheme?
The Banking Ombudsman Scheme enables an expeditious and inexpensive forum to bank
customers for resolution of complaints relating to certain services rendered by banks. The
Banking Ombudsman Scheme is introduced under Section 35 A of the Banking Regulation Act,
1949 by RBI with effect from
1995.
2. Who is a Banking Ombudsman?

The Banking Ombudsman is a senior official appointed by the Reserve Bank of India to redress
customer complaints against deficiency in certain banking services.
3. How many Banking Ombudsmen have been appointed and where are they located?
As on date, fifteen Banking Ombudsmen have been appointed with their offices located mostly
in state capitals. The addresses and contact details of the Banking Ombudsman offices have been
provided in the annex.
4. Which are the banks covered under the Banking Ombudsman Scheme, 2006?
All Scheduled Commercial Banks, Regional Rural Banks and Scheduled Primary Co-operative
Banks are covered under the Scheme.
5. When can one file a complaint?

One can file a complaint before the Banking Ombudsman if the reply is not received from the
bank within a period of one month after the bank concerned has received one s representation, or
the bank rejects
the complaint, or if the complainant is not satisfied with the reply given by the bank.
6. Where can one lodge his/her complaint?

One may lodge his/ her complaint at the office of the Banking Ombudsman under whose
jurisdiction, the bank branch complained against is situated. For complaints relating to credit
cards and other types of services with centralized operations, complaints may be filed before the
Banking Ombudsman within whose territorial jurisdiction the billing address of the customer is
located. Address and area of operation of the banking ombudsmen are provided in the annex.
7. Can a complaint be filed by one s authorized representative?

Yes. The complainant can be filed by one s authorized representative (other than an advocate).
8. Is there any cost involved in filing complaints with Banking Ombudsman?

26
No, The Banking Ombudsman does not charge any fee for filing and resolving customers‘
complaints.

27
CHAPTER 8
MONEY
Money is a thing that is usually accepted as payment for goods and services as well as for the
repayment of debts.
Types of Money
Commodity Money -
Commodity money value is derived from the commodity out of which it is made. The
commodity itself represents money and the money is the commodity. For instance, commodities
that have been used as mediums of exchange include gold, silver, copper, salt, peppercorns, rice,
large stones, etc.
Representative Money -
Representative Money includes token coins, or any other physical tokens like certificates, that
can be reliably exchanged for a fixed amount/quantity of a commodity like gold or silver.
Fiat Money -
Fiat money, also known as fiat currency is the money whose value is not derived from any
intrinsic value or any guarantee that it can be converted into valuable commodity (like gold).
Instead, it
derives value only based on government order (fiat).
Commercial Bank Money -

Commercial bank money or the demand deposits are claims against financial institutions which
can be used for purchasing goods and services.
Narrow and Broad Money -

Money supply, like money demand, is a stock variable. The total stock of money in circulation
among the public at a particular point of time is called money supply. RBI publishes figures for
four
alternative measures of money supply, viz. M1, M2, M3 and M4.
They are defined as follows -
M1 = CU + DD
M2 = M1 + Savings deposits with Post Office savings banks
M3 = M1 + Net time deposits of commercial banks
M4 = M3 + Total deposits with Post Office savings organisations
(excluding National Savings Certificates) where, CU is currency (notes plus coins) held by the
public and DD is net demand deposits held by commercial banks. The word ‗net‘ implies that

28
only deposits of the public held by the banks are to be included in money supply.
The interbank deposits, which a commercial bank holds in other commercial banks, are not to be
regarded as part of money supply.
M1 and M2 are known as narrow money. M3 and M4 are known as broad money.These
gradations are in decreasing order of liquidity. M1 is most liquid and easiest for transactions
whereas
M4 is least liquid of all. M3 is the most commonly used measure of money supply. It is also
known as aggregate monetary resources.

29
CHAPTER 9
Money Market
A money market is a market for borrowing and lending of short-term funds. It deals in funds and
financial instruments having a maturity period of one day to one year. It is a mechanism through
which short-term funds are loaned or borrowed and through which a large part of financial
transactions of a particular country or of the world are cleared.
It is not a single market but a collection of markets for several instruments like call money
market, Commercial bill market etc. The Reserve Bank of India is the most important constituent
of Indian money market
In money market the players are :-Government, RBI, DFHI (Discount and finance House of
India) Banks, Mutual Funds, Corporate Investors, Provident Funds, PSUs (Public Sector
Undertakings), NBFCs (Non-Banking Finance Companies) etc.
STRUCTURE OF INDIAN MONEY MARKET
Organised Sector Unorganised Sector

Call and Notice Money Market Indigenous Bankers
Treasury Bill Market Money Lenders
Commercial Bills NBFI
Certificate of Deposits
Commercial Papers
Money Market Mutual Funds
The REPO Market
DFHI
Organised Sector Of Money Market :-
Organised Money Market is not a single market, it consist of number of markets. The most
important feature of money market instrument is that it is liquid. It is characterised by high
degree of safety of principal. Following are the instruments which are traded in money market
1) Call And Notice Money Market :-

The market for extremely short-period is referred as call money market. Under call money
market, funds are transacted on overnight basis. The participants are mostly banks. Therefore it
is also called Inter-Bank Money Market. Under notice money market funds are transacted for 2
days and 14 days period. The lender issues a notice to the borrower 2 to 3 days before the funds
are to be paid. On receipt of notice, borrower have to repay the funds.

30
2) Treasury Bill Market (T - Bills) :-

This market deals in Treasury Bills of short term duration issued by RBI on behalf of
Government of India. At present three types of treasury bills are issued through auctions, namely
91 day, 182 day and364day treasury bills. State government does not issue any treasury bills.
Interest is determined by market forces. Treasury bills are available for a minimum amount of
Rs. 25,000 and in multiples of Rs. 25,000. Periodic auctions are held for their Issue.
Commercial Banks, Primary Dealers, Mutual Funds, Corporates, Financial Institutions,
Provident or Pension Funds and Insurance Companies can participate in T-bills market.
3) Commercial Bills :-
Commercial bills are short term, negotiable and self liquidating money market instruments with
low risk. A bill of exchange is drawn by a seller on the buyer to make payment within a certain
period of time. Generally, the maturity period is of three months. Commercial bill can be resold a
number of times during the usance period of bill.
4) Certificate Of Deposits (CDs) :-

CDs are issued by Commercial banks and development financial institutions. CDs are unsecured,
negotiable promissory notes issued at a discount to the face value. The scheme of CDs was
introduced in 1989 by RBI. The main purpose was to enable the commercial banks to raise funds
from market. At present, the maturity period of CDs ranges from 3 months to 1 year. They are
issued in multiples of Rs. 25 lakh subject to a minimum size of Rs. 1 crore. CDs can be issued at
discount to face value. They are freely transferable but only after the lock-in-period of 45 days
after the date of issue.
5) Commercial Papers (CP) :-

. Commercial Papers were introduced in January 1990. The Commercial Papers can be issued by
listed company which have working capital of not less than Rs. 5 crores. They could be issued in
multiple of Rs. 25 lakhs. The minimum size of issue being Rs. 1 crore. At present the maturity
period of CPs ranges between 7 days to 1 year. CPs are issued at a discount to its face value and
redeemed at its face value.
6) Money Market Mutual Funds (MMMFs) :-

A Scheme of MMMFs was introduced by RBI in 1992. The goal was to provide an additional
short-term avenue to individual investors. In November 1995 RBI made the scheme more
flexible. The existing guidelines allow banks, public financial institutions and also private sector
institutions to set up MMMFs. The ceiling of Rs. 50 crores on the size of MMMFs stipulated
earlier, has been withdrawn. MMMFs are allowed to issue units to corporate enterprises and
others on par with other mutual funds. Resources mobilised by MMMFs are now required to be
invested in call money, CD, CPs, Commercial Bills arising out of genuine trade transactions,
treasury bills and government dated securities having an unexpired maturity upto one year. Since

31
March 7, 2000 MMMFs have been brought under the purview of SEBI regulations. At present
there are 3 MMMFs in operation.
7) The Repo Market ;-

Repo was introduced in December 1992. Repo is a repurchase agreement. It means selling a
security under an agreement to repurchase it at a predetermined date and rate. Repo transactions
are affected between banks and financial institutions and among bank themselves, RBI also
undertake Repo.
8) Discount And Finance House Of India (DFHI)

In 1988, DFHI was set up by RBI. It is jointly owned by RBI, public sector banks and all India
financial institutions which have contributed to its paid up capital.It is playing an important role
in developing an active secondary market in Money Market Instruments.
II. Unorganised Sector Of Money Market :-

The economy on one hand performs through organised sector and on other hand in rural areas
there is continuance of unorganised, informal and indigenous sector. The main constituents of
unorganised money market are:-
1) Indigenous Bankers (IBs)

Indigenous bankers are individuals or private firms who receive deposits and give loans and
thereby operate as banks. IBs accept deposits as well as lend money. They mostly operate in
urban areas, especially in western and southern regions of the country.
2) Money Lenders (MLs)

They are those whose primary business is money lending. Money lending in India is very
popular both in urban and rural areas. Interest rates are generally high. Large amount of loans are
given for unproductive purposes.
3) Non - Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs)

They consist of :-
1. Chit Funds
Chit funds are savings institutions. It has regular members who make periodic subscriptions to
the fund. The beneficiary may be selected by drawing of lots. Chit fund is more popular in
Kerala and Tamilnadu.
2. Nidhis :-
Nidhis operate as a kind of mutual benefit for their members only. The loans are given to
members at a reasonable rate of interest. Nidhis operate particularly in South India.
3. Loan Or Finance Companies

32
Loan companies are found in all parts of the country. Their total capital consists of borrowings,
deposits and owned funds. They give loans to retailers, wholesalers, artisans and self employed
persons. They offer a high rate of interest along with other incentives to attract deposits. They
charge high rate of interest varying from 36% to 48% p.a.
4. Finance Brokers
They are found in all major urban markets specially in cloth, grain and commodity markets.
They act as middlemen between lenders and borrowers. They charge commission for their
services.

33
CHAPTER 10
CAPITAL MARKET :-
Capital market deals with medium term and long term funds. It refers to all facilities and the
institutional arrangements for borrowing and lending term funds (medium term and long term).
The demand for long term funds comes from private business corporations, public corporations
and the government. The supply of funds comes largely from individual and institutional
investors, banks and special industrial financial institutions and Government.
B) STRUCTURE I CONSTITUENTS I CLASSIFICATION OF CAPITAL MARKET :-

Capital market is classified in two ways
1) CAPITAL MARKET IN INDIA
a) Gilt - Edged Market
b) Industrial Securities Market
c) Development Financial Institutions
d) Financial Intermediaries
a) Gilt - Edged Market :-

Gilt - Edged market refers to the market for government and semi-government securities, which
carry fixed rates of interest. RBI plays an important role in this market.
b) Industrial Securities Market :-

It deals with equities and debentures in which shares and debentures of existing companies are
traded and shares and debentures of new companies are bought and sold.
c) Development Financial Institutions :-

Development financial institutions were set up to meet the medium and long-term requirements
of industry, trade and agriculture. These are IFCI, ICICI, IDBI, SIDBI, IRBI, UTI, LIC, GIC etc.
All These institutions have been called Public Sector Financial Institutions.
d) Financial Intermediaries :-
Financial Intermediaries include merchant banks, Mutual Fund, Leasing companies etc. they help
in mobilizing savings and supplying funds to capital market.
2) The Second way in which capital market is classified is as follows :-

CAPITAL MARKET IN INDIA
Primary market
Secondary market
a) Primary Market :-
Primary market is the new issue market of shares, preference shares and debentures of non-
government public limited companies and issue of public sector bonds.
b) Secondary Market
This refers to old or already issued securities. It is composed of industrial security market or
stock exchange market and gilt-edged market.

34

35
CHAPTER 11
Banks And their Headquarters
Headquarters
Banks
Delhi Punjab National bank
Punjab and sind bank
Bharatiya Mahilla Bank
Oriental Bank of Commerce(Gurgaon)
Mumbai Bank of India

Union Bank
IDBI
ECGC
Dena Bank
Central Bank of India
Bangalore Canara Bank

Vijaya Bank
Syndicate bank(Manipal)
Corporation Bank(Mangalore)
Kolkata Uco bank
Allahabad bank
United Bank
Vadodara Bank Of Baroda
Chennai Indian Overseas Bank

Indian Bank
Pune Bank of Maharshtra

36
CHAPTER 12
Public sector Banks and Their Taglines

State Bank Group- Pure banking nothing else;
Allahabad Bank- A tradition of trust
Andhra Bank Much more to do, with YOU in focus
Bank of Baroda- India’s international bank
Bank of India- Relationships beyond banking
Bank of Maharashtra - One family one bank
Canara Bank - Together We Can
Central Bank of India- Build A Better Life Around Us
Corporation Bank- Prosperity for All
Dena Bank- Trusted Family Bank
IDBI Bank- Banking for All
Indian Bank- Taking banking technology to the common man
Indian Overseas Bank- Good people to grow with
Oriental Bank of Commerce- Where every individual is committed
Punjab National Bank- A Name you can Bank Upon
Syndicate Bank- Your faithful & friendly financial partner
UCO Bank- Honours Your Trust
Union Bank of India- Good People to Bank with
United Bank of India- The Bank that begins with U
Vijaya Bank- A Friend You can Bank Upon

37
CHAPTER 13
National Stock Exchange of India

Established in November 1990
Got recognition as a stock exchange from government in April 1993
In October 1995 it became the largest stock exchange of India
In June 1996 Settlement Guarantee Fund Established
Bombay Stock Exchange

Established in 1875, BSE Ltd. (formerly known as Bombay Stock Exchange Ltd.), is Asia’s first
Stock Exchange and one of India’s leading exchange groups. Over the past 137 years, BSE has
facilitated the growth of the Indian corporate sector by providing it an efficient capital-raising
platform. Popularly known as BSE, the bourse was established as "The Native Share & Stock
Brokers' Association" in 1875. BSE is a corporatized and demutualised entity, with a broad
shareholder-base which includes two 86 leading global exchanges, Deutsche Bourse and
Singapore Exchange as strategic partners. BSE provides an efficient and transparent market for
trading in equity, debt instruments, derivatives, mutual funds. It also has a platform for trading in
equities of small-and-medium enterprises (SME).
DEMATERIALISATION
Dematerialisation is the process by which a client can get physical certificates converted into
electronic balances. An investor intending to dematerialise its securities needs to have an account
with a DP. The client has to deface and surrender the certificates registered in its name to the DP.
After intimating NSDL electronically, the DP sends the securities to the concerned Issuer/ R&T
agent. NSDL in turn informs the Issuer/ R&T agent electronically, using NSDL Depository
system, about the request for dematerialisation. If the Issuer/ R&T agent finds the certificates in
order, it registers NSDL as the holder of the securities (the investor will be the beneficial owner)
and communicates to NSDL the confirmation of request electronically. On receiving such
confirmation, NSDL credits the securities in the depository account of the Investor with the DP.
Demat Account means an account in the dematerialized form having only digital documents.

38
CHAPTER 14
Financial Organisations in India

The following are some of the Financial Institutions of India.
3. INDUSTRIAL FINANCE CORPORATION OF INDIA

At the time of independence in 1947, India's capital market was relatively under-developed.
Although there was significant demand for new capital, there was a dearth of providers.
Merchant bankers and underwriting firms were almost non-existent and commercial banks were
not equipped to provide long-term industrial finance in any significant manner. It is against this
backdrop that the government established The Industrial Finance Corporation of India (IFCI) on
July 1, 1948, as the first Development Financial Institution in the country to cater to the long-
term finance needs of the industrial sector. The newly-established DFI was provided access to
low-cost funds through the central bank's Statutory Liquidity Ratio or SLR which in turn enabled
it to provide loans and advances to corporate borrowers at concessional rates.
By the early 1990s, it was recognized that there was need for greater flexibility to respond to the
changing financial system. It was also felt that IFCI should directly access the capital markets for
its funds
SEBI- Securities and Exchange Board of India
Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) was established by Government of India through
an executive resolution in the year 1988. SEBI was subsequently upgraded as a fully autonomous
body in 1992 with the passing of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act (SEBI Act) on
30th January 1992. In the year 1995, the SEBI was given additional statutory power by the
Government of India through an amendment to the securities and Exchange Board of India Act
1992.
1. The headquarter of SEBI is located in the business district of Bandra-Kurla complex in
Mumbai.
2. The Chairman of SEBI – Upendra Kumar Sinha (UK Sinha)
3. The Whole Time Member of SEBI- Prashant Saran
4. The firstchairman of SEBI was – Dr. S. A. Dave
5. SEBI deals with – the issuers of securities,the investors and the market intermediaries.

39
Basic Objective of SEBI -

1. To Promote the interests of investors in securities
2. To promote the development of Securities Market
3. To regulate the securities market
4. For matters connected therewith or incidental thereto.
4. NABARD
National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development
Headquarters in Mumbai
Headquarters Mumbai, Maharashtra, India

Established 12 July 1982
Chairman Dr. Harsh Kumar Bhanwala
Currency (Rupees)
Reserves Rs.81,220 crore (2007)
Website www.nabard.org
NABARD is the apex development bank in India
National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) is an apex development
bank in India having headquarters based in Mumbai (Maharashtra) and other branches are all
over the country. The Committee to Review Arrangements for Institutional Credit for
Agriculture and Rural Development (CRAFICARD), set up by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI)
under the Chairmanship of Shri B. Sivaraman, conceived and recommended the establishment of
the National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD). It was established on 12
July 1982 by a special act by the parliament and its main focus was to uplift rural India by
increasing the credit flow for elevation of agriculture & rural non farm sector and completed its
25 years on 12 July 2007. It has been accredited with "matters concerning policy, planning and
operations in the field of credit for agriculture and other economic activities in rural areas in
India". RBI sold its stake in NABARD to the Government of India, which now holds 99% stake.
NABARD is active in developing financial inclusion policy and is a member of the Alliance for
Financial Inclusion.

40
Role
NABARD is the apex institution in the country which looks after the development of the cottage
industry, small industry and village industry, and other rural industries. NABARD also reaches
out to allied economies and supports and promotes integrated development. And to help
NABARD discharge its duty, it has been given certain roles as follows:
1. Serves as an apex financing agency for the institutions providing investment and
production credit for promoting the various developmental activities in rural areas
2. Takes measures towards institution building for improving absorptive capacity of the
credit delivery system, including monitoring, formulation of rehabilitation schemes,
restructuring of credit institutions, training of personnel, etc.
3. Co-ordinates the rural financing activities of all institutions engaged in developmental
work at the field level and maintains liaison with Government of India, State
Governments, Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and other national level institutions
concerned with policy formulation
4. Undertakes monitoring and evaluation of projects refinanced by it.
5. NABARD refinances the financial institutions which finances the rural sector.
6. The institutions which help the rural economy, NABARD helps develop.
7. NABARD also keeps a check on its client institutes.
8. It regulates the institution which provides financial help to the rural economy.
9. It provides training facilities to the institutions working the field of rural upliftment.
10. It regulates the cooperative banks and the RRB’s, and manages talent acquisition through
IBPS CWE
5. SMALL INDUSTRIES DEVELOPMENT BANK OF INDIA (SIDBI)

• SIDBI, as a subsidiary of IDBI, commenced its operations from April 2, 1990. (Act
passed in Oct 1989)
• ts headquarters is at Lucknow.
• Main objective: to ensure larger flow of financial and non-financial assistance to the
small scale sector.
•
• Thrust on
• Initiating steps for technological up gradation and modernization of existing units.
• Expanding the channels for marketing the products of SSI Sector in domestic and
overseas market.
• Promotion of employment oriented industries especially in semi urban areas to create
more employment opportunities
• Major Activities: Refinance of loan and advances, discounting and rediscounting of
bills, extension of seed capital/soft loans, granting direct assistance, providing services
like factoring, leasing and so on.

41
5. THE INDUSTRIAL CREDIT AND INVESTMENT CORPORATION OF INDIA
ICICI was formed in 1955 at the initiative of the World Bank, the Government of India
and representatives of Indian industry. The principal objective was to create a
development financial institution for providing medium-term and long-term project
financing to Indian businesses. In the 1990s, ICICI transformed its business from a
development financial institution offering only project finance to a diversified financial
services group offering a wide variety of products and services, both directly and through
a number of subsidiaries and affiliates like ICICI Bank. In 1999, ICICI become the first
Indian company and the first bank or financial institution from non-Japan Asia to be
listed on the NYSE.
After consideration of various corporate structuring alternatives in the context of the emerging
competitive scenario in the Indian banking industry, and the move towards universal banking,
themanagements of ICICI and ICICI Bank formed the view that the merger of ICICI with ICICI
Bank would be the optimal strategic alternative for both entities, and would create the optimal
legal structure for the ICICI group's universal banking strategy. The merger would enhance value
for ICICI shareholders through the merged entity's access to low-cost deposits, greater
opportunities for earning fee-based income and the ability to participate in the payments system
and provide transaction-banking services. The merger would enhance value for ICICI Bank
shareholders through a large capital base and scale of operations, seamless access to ICICI's
strong corporate relationships built up over five decades, entry into new business segments,
higher market share in various business se segments, particularly fee-based services, and access
to the vast talent pool of ICICI and its subsidiaries. In October 2001, the Boards of Directors of
ICICI and ICICI Bank approved the merger of ICICI and two of its wholly-owned retail finance
subsidiaries, ICICI Personal Financial Services Limited and ICICI Capital Services Limited,
with ICICI Bank. The merger was approved by shareholders of ICICI and ICICI Bank in January
2002, by the High Court of Gujarat at Ahmedabad in March 2002, and by the High Court of
Judicature at Mumbai and the Reserve Bank of India in April 2002. Consequent to the merger,
the ICICI group's financing and banking operations, both wholesale and retail, have been
integrated in a single entity.
6. STATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION’S (SFC’S)

State State Financial Corporations are was set up in 1952 In order to provide medium and long
term credit to industrial undertakings, which fall outside the normal activities of Commercial
Banks. These are the state-level organizations, which provide term finance to medium- and
small-scale industries. Here are some important facts about SFCs.
Its share capital contributed by the state govts, IDBI, scheduled banks, insurance companies and
others.
Control of SFCs is shared by the state government and the IDBI.
These are helpful in ensuring balanced regional development, higher investment, more
employment generation and broad ownership of industries.

42
At present, there are 18 SFCs.

Source of finance: bonds, debentures and borrowings from the IDBI, state government and
SIDBI.
Provide financial assistance in all the four major forms, namely loans and advances, subscription
to shares and debentures, underwriting of new issues, and guarantee of loans from third parties
and deferred payments.
The bulk of the SFC finance (about 90%) is made available in the form of loans and advances.
Liberal assistance is given to technician entrepreneurs and to industrial units in specified
backward areas on concessional terms.
The operation of the SFCs suffers from a very high ratio of overdues/defaults, excessive
concentration of loan finance, weak promotional role, and delays in sanctioning arid disbursing
assistance.

43
CHAPTER 15
Taxing System in India

Tax Structure in India India has a well maintained tax structure that clearly differentiate
authority between Central, State, and Local Bodies. As the Indian Constitution is quasi federal,
the country has three tier government comprising Central Government, the State Government,
and the Local Governments. Central Government levy taxes on income, custom duties, service
tax, and service tax. State government levy Stamp Duty, Value Added Tax (VAT), state excise,
land revenue and profession tax. And Local Government can levy tax on octroi, properties, and
utilities like water, electricity and so on. Indian government has broadly classified the taxes in
two types, which are mentioned below:
DIRECT TAX
Direct Taxes are those taxes whose burden to the pay the tax directly lays on the tax payer. It is
generally imposed on individual person or property. Direct taxes accounts for more than half of
the total tax revenue of the central Government. It includes income tax, wealth tax, house tax etc.
Taxes on Wealth and Income The central government levies a number of taxes on income and
wealth of which only personal income tax and corporation tax are important.
Personal Income Tax: It is levied on the incomes of individual, Hindu Families, unregistered
firms and other association of people. For taxation purposes, income from all sources is added.
Corporation Tax: Corporation Tax is levied on the income of registered companies and
corporations. The rationale for the corporation tax is that a joint stock company has a separate
entity and thus a separate tax different from personal income tax has to be levied on its income.
Taxes on Wealth & Capital The taxes which have been levied on wealth and capital are mainly
three: estate duty, annual tax on wealth, and gift tax
 Estate Duty: It was first introduced in India in 1953. It was levied on total property passing
on the death of the person. The whole property of deceased constituted the estate and was
considered liable to pay the estate duty.
Annual Tax on Wealth: it was first introduced in May 1957 on the recommendation of Kaldor. It is levied
on the excess of net wealth over exemption of individual, Joint Hindu Families and companies.
Gift Tax was first introduced in the year 1958. It was treated as complementary to the estate duty and
annual tax on wealth. The gift tax was leviable on all donations except the one given by charitable,
Government Companies and private companies.

44
INDIRECT TAX
Indirect Taxes are those taxes, which are collected from intermediary from the individual who
bears the ultimate economic burden of tax. In other words, it is the tax whose liability to pay is
one person and burden to pay is other individual. Indirect Tax includes sales tax, value added
tax, entertainment tax and so on. Some of them are mentioned below:
Custom Duties -While using its constitutional power, the central government levies duties on
both import and exports. Import duties in India are generally levied on advalorem basis which
implies that they are determined as certain percentage of the price of commodity.
Excise Duties An excise duty is in true sense a commodity tax because it is levied on production
and has absolutely no connection with its actual sale. Excise duties on commodities other than
alcoholic liquor and narcotics are levied by the central government

45
CHAPTER 16
Negotiable Instruments Act

In India, the Negotiable Instruments Act was passed during 1881 and came into force w.e.f Mar 1, 1882.
It has 142 sections and 17 Chapters (Section 138 and 142 were added in 1988 and these Section came
into effect wef Apr 1, 1989). This Act is applicable to whole India.
Negotiable Instruments (NI)
An NI means and includes promissory note, bill of exchange and cheque payable to order or bearer.
IMPORTANT CHARACTERISTICS OF NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS
Following are the important characteristics of negotiable instruments:
(1) The holder of the instrument is presumed to be the owner of the property contained in it.
(2) They are freely transferable.
(3) A holder in due course gets the instrument free from all defects of title of any previous holder.
(4) The holder in due course is entitled to sue on the instrument in his own name.
(5) The instrument is transferable till maturity and in case of cheques till it becomes stale (on the expiry
of 6 months from the date of issue). (6) Certain equal presumptions are applicable to all negotiable
instruments unless the contrary is proved. Originally these three instruments were included in NI Act
and the following instruments are considered as NIs due to usage, practice and various judgments of
courts:

46
CHAPTER 17
Important Committees
List of Committees Name of Subject
committee
Bhagwati Committee Public Welfare
Bhagwati Committee Unemployment
Bhide Committee Co-ordination between
commercial banks and SFCs
AK Bhuchar Committee Co-ordination between term
lending institutions and
commercial banks.
Bothalingam Committee Wage, Income and Prices
Sukhmoy Chakravarty To review the working of the
Committee monetary system
Raja Chelliah Committee Tax reforms
Cheshi Committee Direct Taxes
SC Chokshi Committee Direct Tax Law
KB Chore Committee To review the system of Cash
Credit
Cook Committee (on behalf of Capital Adequacy of banks
Bank for International
Settlements - Basle Committee)
VT Dehejia Committee To examine the extent to which
the credit needs of industry and
trade which are likely to be
inflated and how such trends
could be checked
GS Dahotre Committee To examine the credit
requirements of Leasing
industry
ML Dantwala Committee RRBs
Dharia Committee Public Distribution System
Dutta Committee Industrial Licensing
Gadgil Committee Lead Bank Scheme (1969)
Shankarlal Gauri Committee Agricultural Marketing
A Ghosh Committee Frauds and malpractices in
banks

47
A Ghosh Committee Final Accounts

A Ghosh Committee Modalities of Implementation of
New 20-Point programme
Goiporia Committee Customer service in banks
Omkar Goswami Committee Industrial sickness and corporate
restructuring
RK Hajare Committee Differential Interest Rates (DIR)
Scheme
Hazari Committee Industrial Policy (1967)
Janakiraman Committee To enquire into the securities
transactions of banks and
financial institutions
LK Jha Committee Indirect Taxes
Rashid Jilani Committee Review of the system of cash
credit
SK Kalia Committee Role of NGOs and Self-Help
Groups on credit
Kalyanasundaram Committee To examine introduction of
factoring services in India
CE Kamath Committee Multi-agency approach in
Agricultural Finance
Karve Committee Small Scale Industry
PR Khanna Committee To develop appropriate
supervisory framework for Non-
Banking Financial Companies
(NBFCs) operating essentially
in Credit market
Khusro Committee Agricultural Credit
KS Krishnaswamy Committee Role of banks in Priority sector
and
20-Point Economic Programme
G Lakshminarayan Committee Extension of Credit limits on
Consortium basis
PC Luther Committee Productivity, Operational
Efficiency, Profitability of
banks
Mahalanobis Commitee To review Income distribution
YH Malegam Committee To look into disclosure norms
for public issues

48
RN Malhotra Committee Reforms in the Insurance sector

Marathe Committee Licensing of New Banks
DR Mehta Committee To review the progress of IRDP
and recommend measures for
improvement
Ram Nivas Mirdha Committee To enquire into the securities
(JP C) scam
Nadkami Committee To evolve improved procedures
for transactions in PSU bonds
and units
Narasinnham Committee Financial System
PR N ayak Committee To examine the adequacy of
Institutional Credit to SSI sector
and other related aspects
S Padmanabhan Committee To review the on-site
supervision function of banks
S Padmanabhan Committee Inspection of banks by the RBI
Pandey Committee Regional Planning
GS Patel Committee To review the Carry-forward
System on Stock Exchanges
Pendarkar Committee To review the existing system of
Inspections of Commercial
Banks, RRBs & Urban Co-
operative Banks.
JC Puri Committee To examine bank credit to SSI
James Raj Committee Functioning of Public Sector
Banks
Raj Committee Agricultural Holding Tax
Rajmannar Committee Centre-State Fiscal Relation
Rakesh Mohan Committee Petro-Chemical Sector
Rangarajan Committee - I & II Computerisation of Banking
Industry
Rangarajan Committee Public Sector Disinvestment'
Ray Committee Industrial Sickness
Jaybharat Reddy Committee Reforms in Insurance Sector
Rekhi Committee Indirect Taxes
WS Saraf Committee Technology Issues in the
Banking Industry

49
RG Saraiya Committee Banking Commission (1972)

Dr AC Shah Committee Non-Banking Financial
Companies
Mrs KS Shere Committee To study all aspects of
Electronic Funds Transfer
JV Shetty Committee Consortium advances
B Sivaraman Committee To review arrangements for
institutional credit for
Agriculture and Rural
Development
OP Sodhani Committee Foreign Exchange Markets and
NRIs' investment in India
Dr G Sundaram Committee Structure of Export Credit
PL Tandon Committee Export Strategy
RK Talwar Committee Customer service
RK Talwar Committee State enactment having a
bearing on Commercial banks'
lending to Agriculture
Tandon Committee To frame guidelines for follow-
up of bank credit
Tandon Committee Industrial Sickness
NK Thingalaya Committee To examine major issues
relating to restructuring of
RRBs
Tiwari Committee Rehabilitation of Sick Industrial
undertakings
Vaghul Committee Money Market (Mutual Fund
Scheme)
B Venkatappaiah Committee All India Rural Credit Review
Wanchoo Committee Direct Taxes
BN Mitra Committee Central Banking Functions and
Agr Finance Coordination
between
DR Gadgil Committee Agricultural finance
RS Saria Committee Agr Finance & Coop Societies
Purshottam Das Committee Agr Finance & Coop Societies
AD Gorwala Committee Study of rural finance
RN Mirdha Committee Coop Societies

50
B Venketaiya Committee Review of rural finance system

FKF Narirnan Committee Branch expansion programme
Chatalier Committee Finance to small scale industry
Dandekar Committee Regional imbalances
Hathi Committee Soiled notes
BD Thakar Committee Job criteria approach in bank
loans
Rajamannar Committee Banking Laws changes (cheque
bouncing - an offence)
Varshney Committee Revised method for loans of Rs
2 lac or more
N Narsimhan Committee Establishment of RRBs
Lakshmi Narayan Committee Consortium lending
Dr RK Hajari Committee Coordination between co-
operative
credit institutions
Baldev Singh Committee Simplification of loan
procedures and documentation
relating to agricultural and allied
activities
K Madhav Das Committee Urban Coop Banks
Tambe Committee Composite term loan to SSIs
Thakkar Committee Credit schemes to self-employed
Pillai Committee Pay scales of Bank officers
YB Damle Committee MICR introduction
UK Sharma Committee Review of lead bank scheme
SM Kelkar Committee RRB and its relative Acts
Abid Hussain Committee Development of capital market
PD Ojha Committee Service Area Approach
Mahadeven Committee Consortium lending Single
window system
SA Dave Committee Functioning of Mutual Funds
C Rao Committee Agricultural policy
Nadkarni SS Committee Trading in public sector bonds
IT Vaz Committee Norms for working capital
finance by banks

51
R Jilani Committee Inspections system in Banks

BD Shah Committee Stock lending scheme
SS Tarapore Committee Capital account convertibility
Pannir Selvam Committee NPAs of banks
RV Gupta Committee Agricultural Credit Delivery
SL Kapoor Committee Institutional credit to SSIs
RH Khan Committee Harmonisation of role of FIs &
Banks
Bhave Committee Share transfer reforms
YV Reddy Committee Financial aggregates system
LC Gupta Committee Financial derivatives
Balakrishna Eradi Committee Insolvency Law/winding up
MS Verma Committee Measures for Weak Banks
SS Kohli Committee Rationalisation of staff-strength
in Banks
Vyas Committee Rural credit
Dave Committee Pension sector reforms
VS Raghavan Committee Competition law
Adhyarjuna Committee Changes in key laws relating to
banking and finance (NI Act,
Stamp Act etc)
RJ Kamath Committee Revised Education Loan
Scheme
YV Reddy Committee Reforms in Small Savings
SS Kohli Committee Rehabilitation of sick SSI units
SS Kohli Committee Wilful defaulters
PR Khanna Committee Clarifications relating to NPAs
Vipin Malik Committee Consolidated Accounting by
banks
MVS Chalpati Rao Committee Restructuring of RRBs
B Samal Committee IBA Committee on Rural Credit

52
CHAPTER 18
RUPAY CARD
RuPay is the Indian domestic card payment network set up by National Payments Corporation of
India (NPCI) at the behest of banks in India. The RuPay project had been conceived by Indian
Banks Association (IBA) and had the approval of Reserve Bank of India (RBI).
RuPay LogoNational Payments Corporation of India (NPCI) has a plan to provide a full range of
card payment services including the RuPay ATM, RuPay MicroATM, Debit, Prepaid and Credit
Cards which will be accepted in India and abroad, across various channels like POS, Internet,
IVR and mobile etc.
The initial focus of NPCI would be to approach those banks who have not been issuing any
payment card at all more specifically – Regional Rural Banks (RRBs) and urban co-operative
banks.
All Public Sector Undertakings (PSU) banks set to join RuPay system by the end of year 2012.
RuPay-based debit cards can be used by the consumers on the Internet from September, 2012.
The government of India had launched India’s first domestic payment card network, RuPay, to
compete with Visa Inc and Mastercard Inc.
Objectives of RuPay:
The Main Objective of the RuPay payment network project is to reduce the overall transaction
cost and develop products appropriate for financial inclusion.
1. Reduce overall transaction cost for the banks in India by introducing competition to
international card schemes.
2. Develop products appropriate for the country particularly for financial inclusion.
3. Provide card payment service option to many banks who are currently not eligible for card
issuance under the eligibility criteria of international card schemes.
4. Build environment whereby payment information of the country remains within the country
5. Shift Personal Consumption Expenditure (PCE) from cash to electronic payments in a growing
economy with a population of 1.2 billion
Important Points to Remember:
1. RuPay is the Indian domestic card payment network.

2. The RuPay payment network set up by National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI) at the
behest of banks in India.
3. The RuPay project had been conceived by Indian Banks Association and had the approval of

53
Reserve Bank of India.

4. The main objective of RuPay project is to reduce overall transaction cost for the banks in India
by introducing competition to international card schemes.
5. NPCI has plan to provide full range of credit service like RuPay ATM, RuPay MicroATM,
Debit, Prepaid and Credit Cards which will be accepted across various channel POS, Internet,
IVR, Mobile etc.
6. All state-owned banks are expected to join the RuPay system by the end of this year.
7. RuPay-based debit cards can be used by the consumers on the Internet from September, 2012.

54
CHAPTER 18
Basel Norms
Basel is the city of Switzerland where in 1992 the BIS conference was held (Banks for
International Settlement) & this conference for organized by the European Banks in which they
have prepared some guidelines for the banking industry dividing into parts Basel-I & Basel-II.
Basel I- between1994 to 1004
Basel II- after 2004
The Basel-I guidelines were only intact with the car of the banks in which banks were bound to
maintain their car between 8-12%
BASEL III
Basel III (or the Third Basel Accord) is a global, voluntary regulatory standard on bank capital
adequacy, stress testing and market liquidity risk. It was agreed upon by the members of the
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in 2010–11, and was scheduled to be introduced from
2013 until 2015; however, changes from 1st April 2013 extended implementation until 31 March
2018. The third installment of the Basel Accords (see Basel I, Basel II) was developed in
response to the deficiencies in financial regulation revealed by the late-2000s financial crisis.
Basel III was supposed to strengthen bank capital requirements by increasing bank liquidity and
decreasing bank leverage.
Key principles of BASEL III :
Capital requirements:
The original Basel III rule from 2010 was supposed to require banks to hold 4.5% of common
equity (up from 2% in Basel II) and 6% of Tier I capital (up from 4% in Basel II) of "risk-
weighted assets" (RWA).[3] Basel III introduced "additional capital buffers", (i) a "mandatory
capital conservation buffer" of 2.5% and (ii) a "discretionary counter-cyclical buffer", which
would allow national regulators to require up to another 2.5% of capital during periods of high
credit growth.
Leverage ratio:
Basel III introduced a minimum "leverage ratio". The leverage ratio was calculated by dividing
Tier 1 capital by the bank's average total consolidated assets; The banks were expected to
maintain a leverage ratio in excess of 3% under Basel III. In July 2013, the US Federal Reserve
Bank announced that the minimum Basel III leverage ratio would be 6% for 8 Systemically
important financial institution (SIFI) banks and 5% for their insured bank holding companies.
Liquidity requirements: Basel III introduced two required liquidity ratios. The "Liquidity

55
Coverage Ratio" was supposed to require a bank to hold sufficient high-quality liquid assets to
cover its total net cash outflows over 30 days; the Net Stable Funding Ratio was to require the
available amount of stable funding to exceed the required amount of stable funding over a one-
year period of extended stress.
Tier I Capital:
Tier 1 capital is the core measure of a bank's financial strength from a regulator's point of view.
It is Bcomposed of core capital, which consists primarily of common stock and disclosed
reserves (or retained earnings), but may also include non-redeemable non-cumulative preferred
stock. The Basel Committee also observed that banks have used innovative instruments over the
years to generate Tier 1 capital; these are subject to stringent conditions and are limited to a
maximum of 15% of total Tier 1 capital. This part of the Tier 1 capital will be phased out during
the implementation of Basel III.
Tier II Capital:
Tier 2 capital, or supplementary capital, include a number of important and legitimate
constituents of a bank's capital base. These forms of banking capital were largely standardized in
the Basel I accord, issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and left untouched by
the Basel II accord. National regulators of most countries around the world have implemented
these standards in local legislation. In the calculation of regulatory capital, Tier 2 is limited to
100% of Tier 1 capital.

56
CHAPTER 19
Banking Terminology
SELF HELP GROUP

Self help group is a small volunteer association of poor people preferably from the same socio
Economic background. They come together for the purpose of solving their common problems
through self help and mutual help. The self help group promotes small saving among the
members. The savings are kept with the Bank. This common fund is in the name of SHG.
Usually the number of members in one SHG doesn’t exceed 20. The NABARD and NGOs the
promoters of this group.
KISAN CREDIT CARD

Provision timely and adequate credit has one of the major challenges for Banks in India in
dispension of agriculture and rural credit to the farmers in order to achieve the AIM. KCC are
now a new concept in the field of agriculture banking in India. The KCC scheme was started by
the GOI in conciliation with the RBI and NABARD in 1998-99. The eligibility criteria for KCC
is the borrower must be with a good track record of the 2 years would be the prime customer and
a farmer who has the operational land holding certificate from the PATWARI. The maximum
amount of KCC is up to Rs. 10000 and each withdrawal to be paid within 12 months and KCC is
valid for 3 years subject to annual renewal. All branches engaged in agriculture banking could
issue KCC. In very special conditions Bank can provide up to Rs. 25000 loan and the interest
rate on KCC is 11%.
KISAN GOLD CARD

This is hassle free term loan card that enable to avail loan for agricultural implements, land
development, repair of farm machinery and consumption need farmers have the choice in regard
to amount, time and purpose. The amount of loan is 5 times the annual form income with the
maximum limit of Rs. 5 Lakhs. For the consumption purpose is should not exceed 20% of the
limit.
MICROCREDIT OR MICROFINANCE
Micro credit is the extension of very small loans to the unemployed to poor Endeavour and to
others living in poverty who are not considered bankable. These individuals lack collateral
steady employment and variable credit history and therefore cannot meet even the most minimal
qualification to gain excess to traditional credit.
Microcredit is a part of microfinance which is the provision of the wider range of the financial
services to the very poor. Microcredit is the financial innovation which originated in Bangladesh
where it has successfully enabled to extremely impoverish people to engage itself employment
project. The founder of this microcredit is Prof. Mohammad Yunus in mid 1970s. He is also the
founder of grami8n bank of Bangladesh with which Mr. Yunus has received the Noble Peace

57
Price 2006 and to pay respect towards microcredit the united nation organization has declared
year 2005 “The International Year of Microcredit.”
MUTUAL FUND
A Mutual Fund is the professionally manage firm of collective investments that pools money
from many investors in stock market, bonds, short term, money market instruments and in other
securities. In mutual fund is a fund manager who is also called Portfolio manager trades the fund
underlined Securities. The value of the share of mutual fund is called the net asset value which is
calculated daily wage on a total value divided be a number of shares, issued and outstanding
there are two types of Mutual Fund.
• Open Ended Mutual Fund
• Closed Ended Mutual Fund
BULLION MARKET
A market where the trading of precious metals held like: Gold, Silver, Diamond, Platinum and
Crystal.
STOCK MARKET
A stock market is a private or public market for trading of company, stock and derivatives of
company stock at an agreed price. Both of these are securities listed on stock exchange as well as
those only traded privately.
BULL
Bull is an investor who thinks the market a specific security or an industry will raise. Bulls are
the optimistic investors presently predicting good things of the market and bullish is a habit to
purchase that share which is in profit they are responsible to Rose in stock exchanges.
BEAR
It is an investor who believes that a particular security or market is headed downward. Bears
attempt to profit from a decline in prices. A Bear is generally pessimistic about the state of the
given market.
STAG
A Stag is an investor or speculator who subscribes to a new issue with the intention of selling
them soon after allotment to realize for quick profit.
ADR (AMERICAN DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS)

58
An ADR represents an ownership in the share on Owner Company trading in US trading in US

financial market. ADR enable US investors to buy share in foreign companies without
undertaking cross border transaction. ADR’s carry prices in US Dollars and can be traded as
share of US based company.
GDR (GLOBAL DEPOSITORY RECEIPT)

GDR is a bank certificate issued in more than one country for shares in a foreign company.
These shares are held by a foreign branch of an International bank. These shares are trades as
domestic shares but are offered for sale globally through the various bank branches. A GDR is a
very similar to an American Depository Receipt.
SDR (SPECIAL DRAWING RIGHTS)

This is the depth instrument credit be IMF in 1969 to provide the assistance and loan to their
member countries. The value of the SDR was initially defined as equivalent to 0.8888671 gram
of fine gold which was at that time equivalent to 1 US$.
MONEY MARKET
Money Market is the global financial market for short term borrowings and lendings. It provides
short term liquid funding for global financial system. In Money Market short term obligations
such as treasury bills, commercial papers and Banker’s acceptance are bought and sold. The
Money Market instruments are bank drafts, time deposits, time deposits, short term loans,
promissory notes, ADR, GDR, Municipal notes, treasury bills and mutual funds.
CAPITAL MARKET
The Capital Market is the market for securities where companies and government can raise long
term fund. The Capital Market includes the stock market and the Bond Market.
CALL MONEY
Cal Money Market is the market in which broker and dealers borrow money to satisfy their credit
needs either to finance their own inventory or to cover their customer margin Accounts.
ICOR (INCREMENTAL CAPITAL OUTPUT RATIO)

ICOR is the Ratio of investment to growth which equals to one, divided by the marginal product
of Capital. The higher the ICOR indicates lower the productivity of capital and lower the ICOR
reflects high productivity of Capital. ICOR is the topic or instrument by which the Economic
growth rate of company decided.
DEBIT CARD

59
Debit Card is also known as gift card. It is a type of plastic money which provides an alternative
payment method for cash withdrawals through automated tailor machine and this is a prepaid
ATM card.
CREDIT CARD
A Credit Card allows you to borrow money when you purchases. It doesn’t directly debit from
your bank account at the time of purchase instead you are sent a bill every month for the sum of
total of your purchase. In other words this Post Paid Money Card.
SMART CARD
A Smart Card or chip card or integrated circuit card is defined as a pocket sized card with
embedded integrated circuit which can process information. This is a card with all personal
information of any individual in financial and Money Market.
MASTER CARD
Master Card international is a multinational corporation based in purchase throughout the world.
Its principal business is to process payment between bank of merchants and the bank of purchase
that used its master card I.E. Master Card is a service provider company Master Card
international incorporated has been a publicity traded company since 2006 with the brand name
Master Card. All financial institutions in banks are the member of this Master Card international
for service providing except bank of America. Bank of America has its own service proving
company named as VISA international.
VISA CARD
Visa Card is a type of debit card on Visa network. It has VISA logo and can be accepted to pay
for the things and the money is drawn directly from your account. These are the debit cards,
which are subject to a daily limit, and/or a maximum limit equal to the current/checking account
balance from which it draws funds.
KYC (KNOW YOUR CUSTOMERS)

KYC is a term commonly used for customer identification process or these are the guidelines
issued by the RBI and SEBI for financial institutions. The intention behind the KYC is to check
the money laundering. For the mutual funds MIN (Mutual Fund Identification Number) is the
tool of KYC. For Demat Account Pan Card is essential and for band account-
 Residential Proof
 Identity Proof
 Referee/Introducer

60
 Signature Attestation
RTGS
Real time gross settlement is a fund transfer mechanism where transfer of money takes place
from one bank to another on a real time and on gross basis. This is the fastest possible money
transfer system through the banking channel. The RTGS system is primary for large value
transaction. The minimum amount is Rs. 1 Lakh and there is no upper ceiling for RTGS
transaction while the minimum and maximum stipulation has been fixed for EFT and NEFT.
NEFT
NEFT is nationwide fund transfer system to facilitate transfer of funds from any bank branch to
any other bank. As on Dec 29, 2007 34510 bank branches of 82 banks where the member of
NEFT system. The NEFT is an electronic fund system to transfer funds from any part of country
to any other part of country and work on net settlement.
CBS
Core or centralized banking solution is a heart of banking system. This is a process by which a
bank has interconnect their maximum branches through wide area network and only this system
provide a facility of any branch or any time banking.
FINANCIAL INCLUSION
It is a delivery of banking services at an affordable cost to the vast section of disadvantage or low
income group or this is a facility provided by the banking sector to connect each and every
individual to the financial network and the main component of this financial inclusion is no-full
account and simplification of know your customers.
LIBOR
London Interbank Offered Rate.
MIBOR
Mumbai Interbank Offered Rate.
MIBID
Mumbai Interbank Bid Rate
SARFAESI ACT
Securisation and reconstruction of financial assets and enforcement of securities interest Act.

61
BOND
Bond is a debt security in which the authorized issuer owes the holders a debt and s oblique to
repaid the principal with interest at the later date and termed maturity.
DEBENTURES
It is a long term debit instrument issued by government and large companies to obtained funds. It
is very similar to bonds except the securisation condition is different.
CAMELS
This is the rating system of RBI for banking recommended by Padmanabhan Committee.
 C- Capital Adequacy
 Assets Quality or Level of NPA.
 M- Management Effectiveness.
 E- Earning of Profitability.
 L- Liquidity
 S- System and Controls.
Rear-real effective exchange rate.
RECENT DEVELOPMENT ON FINANCIAL INCLUSION

 Recently Rangarajan committee on financial inclusion has submitted their report to finance
Minister and committee has suggested that GOI is bound to setup 2 funds on financial inclusion
and funds are named as-
 Financial Inclusion Development Fund
 Financial Inclusion Technology Fund
 Each fund will have there corpus of Rs.500cr contributed by RBI, GOI and NABARD. The
commission has also suggested that branch of every bank is bound to open at least 250 accounts
in a single financial year and the commission has also suggested that RBI and SEBI must
liberised KYC norms. Banks are bound to open no-frill account for the poorer people.
EFT- ELECTRONIC FUND TRANSFER

 It refers to computer based system use to perform financial transaction electronically. This
term is use for the number of different concept
 Card holder initiated transaction, where the card holder makes use of a payment card.
 Electronic payment by business including salary payment
 Electronic cheque clearing.

62
SUB PRIME CRISES

The Sub Prime Crises were a sharp rise in home loans which started in United States in late 2006
and became a global financial crisis during 2007-08. The damage of this Sub Prime Crisis is US$
200-300 billion in 2007. And this Sub Prime Crises has a little bit impact on Indian Economy
according to release of ICICI bank annual result, the bank faces Rs 1000cr as a business loss.
MORTGAGE
A Mortgage is a method of using property as a security for the performance of an obligation,
usually the payment of a debt. The term Mortgage refers to a legal device used for this purpose
and it is also commonly used to refer to a debt secure by the Mortgage.
REVERSE MORTGAGE
These are the powerful tools that help eligible home loaners to obtain tax free cash flow.
LOAN ACCOUNT OR ADVANCES OF BANK

There are two types of lending or advances in the banking sector.
1. SHORT TERM LENDING- up to 4 years. Like – Priority Sector Lending

 Consumer loan
 Vehicle loans and personal loans
2. LONG TERM LENDING- 4 years and above. Like-

 Industrial Lending
 Housing Loans
 Commercial Lending
 Educational Loan
PRIORITY SECTOR LENDING *PSL’S+

As India is a democracy so Government of India has some social responsibilities and the
fulfillment of these Social responsibilities the GOI has set some priorities, so the sectors decided
for GOI by Landings are known as priority sector lending and The Some Sectors are
 Agriculture
 Minority Education
 Animal Husbandry

63
 Fisheries
 Agriculture Allied
 Small Scale Industries
 Cottage Industries
 Handicrafts
 Houses for the Poor
The Bankers are bound to lend their 40% of the total lending in priority sector r and 18% of their
total lending for agriculture. The PSL attract very reduced or less interest rate and if farmers are
unable to repay this, loan GOI is bound to waive this loan because of Social Responsibility.
REPO RATE
Repo Rate is the Tool by which RBI in flews liquidity in the financial system. Or it is the rate of
interest at which RBI. Provide short term loans to the scheduled commercial Bank against the
government securities. (Maximum-90 days)
BANK RATE
Bank Rate is the rate of interest at which RBI provide loan to the scheduled Commercial banks
for productive purpose & for long term period (more than 4 year]
CRR
CRR is the ratio of banks total deposits for which they are bound to keep with the RBI. It could
be between minimum 3% to maximum 15% & CRR is the most effective measure to check
inflation if CRR increases bank are bound to keep more money with the RBI & the liquidity in
market decreases & the value of money increases & inflation come down.
SLR
SLR is the ratio of banks total deposits for which banks are required to keep with themselves If
might be in form of cash, gold, government securities and deposits in other banks as current
account.
DEFICIT FINANCING
The concept of deficit financing is propounded by Prof. J. M. Kenes in his book "how to pay for
war 1940" Deficit financing is a practice adopted by all popular government for bridging the gap
between their revenue and expenditure i.e. it is plan excess of expenditure over revenue.
Deliberately budgeting for deficit is deficit financing. Deficit financing is only fulfilled by the
Borrowings and never by printing of new notes.

64
SEZ
SEZ means Special Economic Zone is the one of the part of government’s policies in India. A
special Economic zone is a geographical region that economic laws which are more liberal than
the usual economic laws in the country. The basic motto behind this is to increase foreign
investment, development of infrastructure, job opportunities and increase the income level of the
people.
Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC)?
A Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC) is a company registered under the Companies Act,
1956 engaged in the business of loans and advances, acquisition of
shares/stocks/bonds/debentures/securities issued by Government or local authority or other
marketable securities of a like nature, leasing, hire-purchase, insurance business, chit business
but does not include any institution whose principal business is that of agriculture activity,
industrial activity, purchase or sale of any goods (other than securities) or providing any services
and sale/purchase/construction of immovable property. A non-banking institution which is a
company and has principal business of receiving deposits under any scheme or arrangement in
one lump sum or in installments by way of contributions or in any other manner, is also a non-
banking financial company (Residuary non-banking company).
Cheque and Demand Draft
Cheque: Cheuqe is a negotiable instrument instructing a bank to pay a specific amount from a
specific account held in the maker/depositor name with that Bank.
Demand Draft: A demand draft is an instrument used for effecting transfer of money. It is a
negotiable instrument.
BSBDA
Under the guidelines issued on August 10, 2012 by RBI: Any individual, including poor or those
from weaker section of the society, can open zero balance account in any bank. BSBDA
guidelines are applicable to "all scheduled commercial banks in India, including foreign banks
having branches in India".
All the accounts opened earlier as 'no-frills' account should be renamed as BSBDA. Banks are
required to convert the existing 'no-frills' accounts’ into 'Basic Savings Bank Deposit Accounts'.
The 'Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account' should be considered as a normal banking service
available to all customers, through branches .
The aim of introducing 'Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account' is very much part of the efforts of
RBI for furthering Financial Inclusion objectives.

65
SWIFT
SWIFT :- Society for worldwide Interbank financial telecommunication.
• India was 74th Nation to join SWIFT Network.
• SWIFT Code is a standard format of bank Identifier code. This code is used particularly
in International transfer of money between banks.
• A majority of FOREX related message are sent to correspondent banks abroad through
SWIFT.
• SWIFT Code consist 8 or 11 character when code is 8 digit, It is referred to primary

office 4 – bank code
2 – country code
2 – location code
3 – branch code (optional).
DeMat Account
DeMat is nothing but a dematerialized account. If one has to save money or make cheque
payments, then he/she needs to open a bank account. Similarly, one needs to open a DeMat
account if he/she wants to buy or sell stocks. Thus, DeMat account is similar to a bank account
wherein the actual money is being replaced by shares. In order to open a DeMat account, one
needs to approach the Depository Participants [DPs].
In India, a DeMat account is a type of banking account that dematerializes paper-based physical
stock shares. The DeMat account is used to avoid holding of physical shares: the shares are
bought as well as sold through a stock broker. In this case, the advantage is that one does not
need any physical evidence for possessing these shares. All the things are taken care of by the
DPs.
This account is very popular in India. Physically only 500 shares can be traded as per the
provision given by SEBI. From April 2006, it has become mandatory for any person holding a
DeMat account to possess a Permanent Account Number (PAN).
Bitcoin
Bitcoin is a consensus network that enables a new payment system and a completely digital
money. It is the first decentralized peer-to-peer payment network that is powered by its users
with no central authority or middlemen. From a user perspective, Bitcoin is pretty much like cash
for the Internet. Bitcoin can also be seen as the most prominent triple entry bookkeeping system
in existence

66
Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy is the use of government spending and revenue collection to influence the
economy. These policies affect tax rates, interest rates and government spending, in an effort to
control the economy. Fiscal policy is an additional method to determine public revenue and
public expenditure.
FII
FII (Foreign Institutional Investor) used to denote an investor, mostly in the form of an
institution. An institution established outside India, which proposes to invest in Indian market, in
other words buying Indian stocks. FII's generally buy in large volumes which has an impact on
the stock markets. Institutional Investors includes pension funds, mutual funds, Insurance
Companies, Banks, etc.
FDI
FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) occurs with the purchase of the “physical assets or a significant
amount of ownership (stock) of a company in another country in order to gain a measure of
management control” (Or) A foreign company having a stake in a Indian Company.
IPO
IPO is Initial Public Offering. This is the first offering of shares to the general public from a
company wishes to list on the stock exchanges.
GDP
The Gross Domestic Product or GDP is a measure of all of the services and goods produced in a
country over a specific period; classically a year.
GNP
Gross National Product is measured as GDP plus income of residents from investments made
abroad minus income earned by foreigners in domestic market.
Revenue deficit
It defines that, where the net amount received (by taxes & other forms) fails to meet the
predicted net amount to be received by the government.
Disinvestment
The Selling of the government stake in public sector undertakings.
Fiscal Deficit

67
It is the difference between the government’s total receipts (excluding borrowings) and total
expenditure.
National Income
National Income is the money value of all goods and services produced in a Country during the
year.
ATMs: (Automated Teller Machine): The ATM debit cards, credit cards and prepaid cards
(that permit cash withdrawal) issued by banks can be used at ATMs for various transactions.
Use of ATMs of Other Banks:
i. 5 free transactions are permitted per month (inclusive of financial and/or non-financial) at
other bank ATMs for Savings Bank Account holders
ii. For transaction beyond this minimum number of transactions, banks charge maximum of Rs
20/ - per transaction.
Personal Identification Number (PIN) : A Personal Identification Number is a secret numeric

password shared between user and a system that can be use to authenticate the user to the system.
Reconciliation of failed transactions at ATMs
i. The time limit for resolution of customer complaints by the issuing banks shall stand reduced
from 12 working days to 7 working days from the date of receipt of customer complaint.
ii. Accordingly, failure to recredit the customer’s account within 7 working days of receipt of the
complaint shall entail payment of compensation to the customer @ Rs. 100/- per day by the
issuing bank..
iii. Any customer is entitled to receive such compensation for delay, only if a claim is lodged
with the issuing bank within 30 days of the date of the transaction.
iv. All disputes regarding ATM failed transactions shall be settled by the issuing bank and the
acquiring bank through the ATM system provider only.
v. If the course of action for the customer complaint is not taken by his/her bank within the
stipulated time than customer can take recourse to the local Banking Ombudsman in such
situations.
IFSC (Indian Financial System Code): Indian Financial System Code is an alpha-numeric code
that uniquely identifies a bank-branch participating in the NEFT system.
ii. This is an 11 digit code with the first 4 alpha characters representing the bank, The 5th
character is 0 (zero).and the last 6 characters representing the bank branch.
iii. IFSC is used by the NEFT system to identify the originating / destination banks / branches
and also to route the messages appropriately to the concerned banks / branches.
For ex: SBIN0015986 :
i. First 4 character SBIN – refers to State Bank of India.
ii. 0 is a control number.

68
iii. last six characters (015986) represents the SBI branch Jail Road, Hari Nagar New Delhi.
MICR : stands for Magnetic Ink Character Recognition. MICR Code is a numeric code which
uniquely identifies a bank branch participating in the ECS Credit scheme.
MICR code consists of 9 digits e.g 400229128
i. First 3 digits represent the city (400)
ii. Next 3 digits represent the bank (229)
iii. Last 3 digits represent the branch (128) The MICR Code allotted to a bank branch is printed
on the MICR band of cheque leaves issued by bank branches.
Cheque Truncation:
i. Truncation is the process of stopping the flow of the physical cheque issued by a drawer at
some point with the presenting bank en-route to the drawee bank branch.
ii. In its place an electronic image of the cheque is transmitted to the drawee branch by the
clearing house, along with relevant information like data on the MICR band, date of
presentation, presenting bank, etc.
iii. Cheque Truncation speeds up the process of collection of cheques resulting in better service
to customers, reduces the scope for clearing-related frauds or loss of instruments in transit,
lowers the cost of collection of cheques, and removes reconciliation-related and logistics-related
problems, thus benefitting the system as a whole.
Crossing on Cheque: Two parallel lines drawn on the top left corner of the cheque.
Account payee cheque: Account payee cheques can be routed only through accounts.
Post dated cheque: The date on the cheque beyond today’s date then cheque becomes post
dated.
Stale cheque: Cheque is valid for 3 months. If the date on the cheque is before 3 months, then
the cheque becomes stale cheque.
Mutilated cheque: It is a damaged cheque.
At Par cheque: It is payable anywhere in India.
Multi city cheque: A cheque which is payable in any branch of a particular bank

69
(BASIC SAVING BANK DEPOSIT ACCOUNT): Under the guidelines issued on August 10,
2012 by RBI: Any individual, including poor or those from weaker section of the society, can
open zero balance account in any bank.
BSBDA guidelines are applicable to "all scheduled commercial banks in India, including foreign
banks having branches in India". All the accounts opened earlier as 'no-frills' account should be
renamed as BSBDA. Banks are required to convert the existing 'no-frills' accounts’ into 'Basic
Savings Bank Deposit Accounts'. The 'Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account' should be
considered as a normal banking service available to all customers, through branches . The aim of
introducing 'Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account' is very much part of the efforts of RBI for
furthering Financial Inclusion objectives.
Main Points of the BSBDA: i. An individual is eligible to have only one 'Basic Savings Bank
Deposit Account' in one bank.
ii. Holders of 'Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account' will not be eligible for opening any other
savings account in that bank. If a customer has any other existing savings account in that bank,
he / she will be required to close it within 30 days from the date of opening a 'Basic Savings
Bank Deposit Account'.
Note: While opening the BSBDA customers’ consent in writing be obtained that his existing
non-BSBDA Savings Banks accounts will be closed after 30 days of opening BSBDA and banks
are free to close such accounts after 30 days.
iii. One can have Term/Fixed Deposit, Recurring Deposit etc., accounts in the bank where one
holds 'Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account'.
iv. Banks are advised not to impose restrictions like age and income criteria of the individual for
opening BSBDA.
v. There is no requirement for any initial deposit for opening a BSBDA.
vi. Banks should offer the ATM Debit Cards free of charge and no Annual fee should be levied
on such Cards.
vii. In BSBDA, banks are required to provide free of charge minimum four withdrawals,
through ATMs and other mode including RTGS/NEFT/Clearing/Branch cash
withdrawal/transfer/internet debits/standing instructions/EMI etc
vii. The Uniform rate of interest rates set by individual banks are applicable on the domestic
savings deposit will be determined on the basis of end-of-day balance in the account.
viii. The normal saving bank account can be converted into BSBDA at the request of customer.
BSBDA-Small Accounts would be subject to the following conditions:

i. Total credits in such accounts should not exceed 1 lakh rupees in a year.
ii. Maximum balance in the account should not exceed 50,000 Rs at any time
iii. The total of debits by way of cash withdrawals and transfers will not exceed 10,000 rupees in
a month
iv. Foreign remittances cannot be credited to Small Accounts without completing normal KYC
formalities
v. Small accounts are valid for a period of 12 months initially which may be extended by
another 12 months if the person provides proof of having applied for an Officially Valid
Document.
vi. Small Accounts can only be opened at CBS linked branches of banks or at such branches
where it is possible to manually monitor the fulfillments of the conditions.

70
About Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises:

i. A micro enterprise is an enterprise where investment in plant and machinery does not exceed
Rs. 25 lakh. and investment in equipment does not exceed Rs. 10 lakh;
ii. A small enterprise is an enterprise where the investment in plant and machinery is more
than Rs. 25 lakh but does not exceed Rs. 5 crore and the investment in equipment is more
than Rs.10 lakh but does not exceed Rs. 2 crore.
iii. A medium enterprise is an enterprise where the investment in plant and machinery is more
than Rs.5 crore but does not exceed Rs.10 crore. and the investment in equipment is more
than Rs. 2 crore but does not exceed Rs. 5 crore.
(i) "soiled note:" means a note which, has become dirty due to usage and also includes a two
piece note pasted together wherein both the pieces presented belong to the same note, and form
the entire note.
(ii) Mutilated banknote is a banknote, of which a portion is missing or which is composed of

more than two pieces.
(iii) Imperfect banknote means any banknote, which is wholly or partially, obliterated, shrunk,
washed, altered or indecipherable but does not include a mutilated banknote.
Bhartiya Mahila Bank (BMB) is an Indian financial services banking company based in New
Delhi, India.India's Prime Minister Manmohan Singh inaugurated the system on 19 November
2013 on the occasion of the 94th birth anniversary of former Indian Prime Minister Indira
Gandhi.
Headquarter – New Delhi. Bank will get an initial capital of Rs 1,000 crore.
Usha Ananthasubramanian – The First CEO/Chairperson of Bhartiya Mahila Bank
Online banking-Ans. Nothing but any where banking. A customer can operate his account from
any branch of a particular bank.
Currency chest-
i. To facilitate the distribution of banknotes and rupee coins, the Reserve Bank has authorised
select branches of scheduled banks to establish Currency Chests.
ii. These are actually storehouses where banknotes and rupee coins are stocked on behalf of the
Reserve Bank. As on June 30, 2006, there were 4428 Currency Chests and 4102 Small Coin
Depots.
iii. The currency chest branches are expected to distribute banknotes and rupee coins to other
bank branches in their area of operation.
Internet Banking -The accessing of bank information, accounts and transactions with the help
of a computer through the financial institution's website on the Internet is called online banking.
It is also called Internet banking or e-banking

71
Feedback at- ashokkumarpippal12july@gmail.com

7/1/13 IBPS PO Coaching | IBPS Clerk coaching | Bank Clerk Coaching in Delhi | Bank PO Coaching in Delhi | SSC coaching in Delhi | IBPS online Test.
BSC : Question of Day(GA/IT) : BSC

Ques. : 1 Which is considered a direct entry input device?
1) Optical scanner 2) Mouse
3) Light pen 4) Digitizer
5) All of the above. Ans.) 5
Ques. : 2 The daily processing of corrections to customer accounts best exemplifies the processing mode of:
1) Batch processing 2) Real-time processing
3) Interactive processing 4) Multi processing
5) All of the above. Ans.) 1
Ques. : 3 Which is a unit of measurement used with computer systems?

1) Byte 2) Kilobyte
3) Megabyte 4) Gigabyte
5) All of the above Ans.) 5
Ques. : 4 A character is represented in EBCDIC by

1) one bit 2) four bits
3) eight bits 4) sixteen bits
5) None of the above Ans.) 3
Ques. : 5 Which is a secondary memory device?

1) CPU 2) ALU
3) Floppy disk 4) Mouse
Ques. : 6 Which is the computer memory that does not forget?

1) ROM 2) RAM
3) PROM 4) All of the above
Ques. : 7 The most common binary code in use today is the 8 bit ASCII code. What do the letters ASCII stand for?
1) American Standard Code for International 2) American Standard Code for Information
Interchange Interchange
3) American Standard Code for Intelligence 4) American Scientific Code for Information
interchange Interchange
Ques. : 8 A computer derives its basic strength from

1) Speed 2) Accuracy
3) Memory 4) all of the above
Ques. : 9 A collection of eight bits is called

1) Byte 2) Word
3) Record 4) file
localhost:1455/BSCAcademy/zwertbhjfty4528olp6732.aspx 1/72
Ques. : 10 A BIT represents a

1) Decimal digit 2) Octal digit
3) Binary digit 4) Hexadecimal digit
5) none of these Ans.) 3
Ques. : 11 Which can read data and convert them to a form that a computer can use?
1) Logic 2) Storage
3) Control 4) Input device
5) Output device Ans.) 4
Ques. : 12 Software instruction intended to satisfy a user's specific processing needs are called
1) System software 2) A microcomputer
3) Documentation 4) Applications software
Ques. : 13 Which of the following is the most powerful type of computer?

1) Super micro 2) Super conductor
3) Microcomputer 4) Super computer
5) Mega frame Ans.) 4
Ques. : 14 Which of the following people probably has the least amount of technical knowledge?
1) Programmer 2) User
3) System analyst 4) Computer operator
5) Computer professional Ans.) 2
Ques. : 15 The Central Processing Unit (CPU) consists of:

2) Control unit, primary storage & secondary
1) Input, output and processing
storage
3) Control unit, arithmetic-logic unit, primary
4) Control unit, processing, and primary storage
storage
Ques. : 16 This is the part of the computer system that one can touch
1) hardware 2) data
3) software 4) input
5) None of these Ans.) 1
Ques. : 17 Reusable optical storage will typically have the acronym ___.
1) CD 2) RW
3) DVD 4) ROM
Ques. : 18 The __________ tells the computer how to use its components.
1) utility 2) network
3) operating system 4) application program
Ques. : 19 A(n) __________ is a program that makes the computer easier to use.
1) application 2) utility
3) network 4) operating system
Ques. : 20 The ‘Difference Analyzer’ was created in the early 1920s by __

1) Peter Norton 2) Douglas Knuth
3) Vannevar Bush 4) Alan Kay
Ques. : 21 The most important or powerful computer in a typical network.

1) desktop 2) network client
3) network server 4) network station
Ques. : 22 To access a mainframe or supercomputer, users often use a ___

1) terminal 2) node
3) desktop 4) handheld
Ques. : 23 What data base function allows you to define the data your database is storing?
1) Definition wizard 2) Query Function
3) Design view 4) Data dictionary
Ques. : 24 If you wanted to tell the database management system that a specific attribute contained numbers only, what
would you need to set?
1) Data category 2) Data type
3) Data dictionary 4) Data definition
Ques. : 25 What key distinctly identifies a record in a database table?

1) Main key 2) Primary key
3) Principal key 4) Major key
Ques. : 26 What key links records from one database table to a record or records in another database table?
1) Primary key 2) Principal key
3) Foreign key 4) Link key
Ques. : 27 When you link one database table to another database table, what are you creating?
1) Primary link 2) Connectivity
3) Relationships 4) Referential integrity
Ques. : 28 What would you need to establish if you wanted to insure that the key in one database table was the same as
a key in another database table?
1) Top-level grouping 2) Connectivity
3) Referential integrity 4) Field properties
Ques. : 29 What database tool would you use to find answers to your questions about data stored in your database?
1) Queries 2) Tables
3) Show 4) Q&A
Ques. : 30 When we describe, or define, the categories of information we collect in an Excel worksheet, what type of
table are we creating?
1) Categorization 2) Classification
3) Explanation 4) List definition
Ques. : 31 If you wished to limit what you would see on an Excel worksheet, what data function would you use?
1) Sort 2) Filter
3) Conditional format 4) Data analysis
Ques. : 32 If you wished to highlight, not hide, some information in a worksheet because it met some criteria, what Excel
tool would you use?
1) Table 2) Format
3) Conditional Format 4) Filter
Ques. : 33 What Excel tool allows you to create quickly and automatically summary data from a large data set?
1) Conditional formatting 2) Sorting
3) Pivot tables 4) Field lists
Ques. : 34 When creating a custom filer in Excel, which of the following would not be considered a Boolean operator?
1) If 2) And
3) Or 4) Not
Ques. : 35 Which of the following is a good habit to get into when creating a worksheet?
2) Using conditional formatting to spot spelling
1) Placing titles for columns in the first row of data
errors
3) Inserting comments in each cell to define that 4) Grouping records according to some
data or type of data classification
Ques. : 36 What term is used to describe a collection of information that you can use to build reports or discover facts
about an environment?
1) Database 2) Web site
3) Wiki 4) Relation
Ques. : 37 Microsoft's Access and Corel's Paradox are both examples of which type of software?
1) Network database systems 2) Relational database systems
3) Flat-file database systems 4) Hierarchical database systems
Ques. : 38 What type of graphical model is used to define a database?

1) Flowchart 2) E-R diagram
3) Organizational model 4) Programming model

Ques. : 39 After you develop a model for your database, you should then _____ it before building it.
1) normalize 2) design
3) plan 4) approve
Ques. : 40 Which of the following contains information about the structure of a database?
1) Database management system 2) Data dictionary
3) Data repository 4) Data warehouse
Ques. : 41 The rules of a language are called its __________.

1) structure 2) code
3) syntax 4) rigidity
Ques. : 42 A language that can be written on one platform and executed on another platform is said to be __________.
1) portable 2) robust
3) third generation 4) dynamic
Ques. : 43 __________ is Microsoft’s latest entry into the programming arena.

1) Java 2) .NET
3) Visual Basic 4) Pascal
Ques. : 44 A next-generation Web content development language, __________ typically refers to a suite of technologies
that allow developers to store data in a readable format.
1) HTML 2) XSL
3) XML 4) PHP
Ques. : 45 JavaScript was developed by __________ to run inside of web pages.

1) Microsoft 2) Sun
3) Oracle 4) Netscape
Ques. : 46 This technology is used to convert XML into HTML.

1) CSS 2) XHTML
3) PHP 4) XSL
Ques. : 47 The __________ is a special database that holds information about the computer’s user, installed programs
and hardware devices.
1) dynamic link library 2) initialization file
3) compiled help module 4) Windows Registry
Ques. : 48 A(n) __________ converts all the source code into machine code, creating an executable file.
1) linker 2) compiler
3) assembler 4) interpreter
Ques. : 49 A series of steps that always results in an answer is the definition of __________.
1) heuristic 2) flowchart
3) algorithm 4) pseudo code
Ques. : 50 The color of an object is an example of a(n) __________.

1) attribute 2) detail
3) listing 4) specification
Ques. : 51 A(n) __________ file contains information in an indexed and cross-linked format.
1) executable 2) initialization
3) help 4) library
Ques. : 52 A(n) __________ encapsulates data and functionality.

1) structured program 2) selection statement
3) object 4) program
Ques. : 53 __________ are text files containing OS commands.

1) Initialization files 2) Batch files
3) Executable files 4) Help files
Ques. : 54 The __________ prevents unlawful access to voice communications by wire.

1) Electronic Communications Privacy Act 2) Freedom of Information Act
3) USA Patriot Act 4) Privacy Act of 1974
Ques. : 55 Which of the following will not protect you from spam?
1) spam blockers 2) e-mail rules
3) popup blocker 4) filters
Ques. : 56 A __________’s main purpose is to prohibit unauthorized access to your computer via the Internet.
1) popup blocker 2) firewall
3) spyware blocker 4) spam assassin
5) restore file Ans.) 2
Ques. : 57 To read the system messages and warnings, access the __________ in Windows.
1) system manager 2) control panel
3) event viewer 4) message screen
Ques. : 58 To create a copy of files in the event of system failure, you create a __________.
1) restore file 2) backup
3) firewall 4) redundancy
Ques. : 59 If configured correctly, the __________ will prevent interaction with your computer after a specified time
period.
1) firewall 2) filter
3) screen saver 4) popup blocker
5) virus Ans.) 3
Ques. : 60 To recover files from a backup, you perform a __________.

1) restore 2) scan
3) unerase 4) copy
Ques. : 61 A __________ is anything that can cause harm.

1) vulnerability 2) phish
3) Threat 4) spoof
Ques. : 62 In the right setting a thief will steal your information by simply watching what you type.
1) snagging 2) spying
3) social engineering 4) shoulder surfing
Ques. : 63 ---------- A hacker contacts you my phone or email and attempts to acquire your password
1) spoofing 2) phishing
3) spamming 4) bugging
Ques. : 64 This power protection device includes a battery that provides a few minutes of power.
1) surge suppressor 2) line conditioner
3) generator 4) UPS
Ques. : 65 A hacker that changes or forges information in an electronic resource, is engaging in __________.
1) denial of service 2) sniffing
3) terrorism 4) data diddling
Ques. : 66 The __________ of a threat measures its potential impact on a system

1) vulnerabilities 2) countermeasures
3) degree of harm 4) susceptibility
Ques. : 67 Which of the following identifies a specific web page and its computer on the Web?
1) Web site 2) Web site address
3) URL 4) Domain Name
5) All of above Ans.) 4
Ques. : 68 Software, such as Explorer and Firefox, are referred to as _____.
1) Systems software 2) Utility software

3) Browsers 4) Internet tools
Ques. : 69 Which following ISP is free?

1) CompuServe 2) AOL
3) NetZero 4) MSN
Ques. : 70 When internet data leaves your campus, it normally goes to a(n) ______ before moving toward its destination.
1) Internet backbone 2) Network access point
3) Base station 4) Communication system
Ques. : 71 MCI and AT&T are examples of which of the following?

1) Social networks 2) Communications systems
3) Internet service providers 4) Mobisodes
Ques. : 72 What type of telecommunications hardware allows you to access the web?
1) Browser 2) Modem
3) FTP protocol 4) IRC
Ques. : 73 E-mail addresses separate the user name from the ISP using the __________ symbol
1) & 2) @
3) % 4) *
Ques. : 74 The mail server as defined in the text uses the __________ protocol
1) HTTP 2) FTP
3) POP 4) SMTP
Ques. : 75 When sending an e-mail, the __________ line describes the contents of the message.
1) to 2) subject
3) contents 4) CC
Ques. : 76 Unsolicited commercial email is commonly known as __________.

1) junk 2) hoaxes
3) spam 4) hypertext
Ques. : 77 News servers utilize __________ to distribute documents to readers.

1) NNTP 2) NEWS
3) HTTP 4) FTP
Ques. : 78 Discussion groups may have a __________ who monitors the postings and enforces the site’s rules.
1) judge 2) sysop
3) narrator 4) censor
Ques. : 79 A message with replies on a newsgroup is often called a __________.

1) post 2) list
3) thread 4) comment
Ques. : 80 The Internet was originally a project for this government agency.
1) ARPA 2) NSF
3) NSA 4) FCC
Ques. : 81 A word in a web page that, when clicked, opens another document.
1) anchor 2) URL
3) Hyperlink 4) reference
Ques. : 82 A network’s __________ is the central structure that connects other portions of the network.
1) trunk 2) backbone
3) protocol 4) server
Ques. : 83 __________ is the protocol that supports linking from one web page to another page.
1) HTML 2) IP
3) HTTP 4) FTP
Ques. : 84 You can organize your bookmarks using __________.

1) structures 2) containers
3) folders 4) menus
Ques. : 85 The browser’s __________ keeps a list of web pages you have visited during the current session.
1) history 2) cache
3) favorites 4) trail
Ques. : 86 A __________ organizes the web into categories.

1) search engine 2) encyclopedia
3) archive 4) directory
Ques. : 87 To match all of the words in your search, the Boolean __________ operator should be used.
1) and 2) or
3) xor 4) both
Ques. : 88 What type of accountants may recommend controls for an organization's computer systems?
1) Environment accountant 2) Internal accountant
3) Government accountant 4) Public accountant
Ques. : 89 Which IT area is well-established in Accounting?

1) Multimedia systems 2) Web development
3) Statistical analysis 4) Accounting Information Systems
Ques. : 90 How do accountants quickly research new government rules and regulations?
1) With an internal database management
2) Through the Web
systems
3) With an external database management
4) Through organizational network systems
systems
Ques. : 91 Which computer virus records every movement you make on your computer?
1) Malware Android 2) Key logger
3) DoS 4) Trapper
Ques. : 92 What program would you use to gain administrative rights to someone's computer?
1) Bot 2) Executive Android
3) Rootkit 4) Trojan horse
Ques. : 93 A remote control that is used to turn on or off some machine is also called a(n) _____.
1) class 2) interface
3) message 4) instance
Ques. : 94 In a student grading system, Student Last Name, Student Address, and Final Course Grade would all be
classified as what?
1) Inheritance 2) Information
3) Encapsulation 4) Polymorphism
Ques. : 95 What part of object-oriented technology defines superclass and subclass relationships?
1) Inheritance 2) Scalability
Ques. : 96 When an object has many forms, it has _____.

Ques. : 97 What programming language model is organized around "objects" rather than "actions"?
1) Java 2) OOB
3) Perl 4) C++
Ques. : 98 What are the instructions called that tell a system what, how, and when to do something?
1) Object-oriented technology approach 2) Object-oriented database
3) Program 4) Database management
Ques. : 99 What common technique attempts to save time and energy by reducing redundant work in object-oriented
programming?
1) Reduce lines of programming 2) Reuse of code
3) Reduce size of systems being developed 4) Merging different systems together
Ques. : 100 What kind of programming language is Java?

1) Object-oriented programming language 2) Relational programming language
4) Database management programming
3) Sixth-generation programming language
language
Ques. : 101 What type of internet technology sends information to you without you requesting that information?
1) F2b2C 2) Infoware
3) Push 4) Wiki
Ques. : 102 What is the second generation of the Web called?

1) New web 2) Emerging space
3) Second life 4) Web 2.0
Ques. : 103 What type of web technology allows its community members to continuously change the contents on a web
site?
1) Intelligent bots 2) Social networks
3) Wiki 4) Blog
Ques. : 104 What type of web technology provides news that can automatically download right to your desktop?
1) Social network 2) RSS feed
3) Podcast 4) Wiki
Ques. : 105 What type of web technology creates an online community where people can make statements and others
can read and respond to those statements?
1) I-Journal 2) Podcast
3) ASP 4) Blog
Ques. : 106 What type of technology allows you to verbally speak with someone over the Internet?
1) Wiki 2) Social network
3) Ephone 4) VoIP
Ques. : 107 What kind of environment is Facebook or MySpace part of?

1) Wiki 2) Blog
3) Social networking 4) VoIP
Ques. : 108 What term refers to living life through technology?

1) Virtual living 2) E-living
3) Virtual space 4) E-Society
Ques. : 109 What 3-D environment allows you to speak to someone who is far away but, at the same time, see them as
a holographic image?
1) CAVE 2) Virtual space
3) E-space 4) VoIP
Ques. : 110 What type of technology allows you to use your finger, eye, or voice print to secure your information
resources?
1) Haptics 2) Caves
3) Biometrics 4) RFID
Ques. : 111 In reference to your ethical structure, how much do you identify with the person or persons who will receive
the benefit or suffer the harm is called which of the following?
1) Consequences 2) Relatedness
3) Likelihood of effect 4) Society's opinion
Ques. : 112 Which tracking program records every keystroke you make on the computer?
1) ITrack/ULead 2) eFollow
3) Key logger 4) Stalking software
Ques. : 113 What is a common medium used for thieves to steal others' identities?
1) Telephone 2) Pick pocketing
3) Burglary 4) Email
Ques. : 114 What is it called when you are rerouted from your requested internet site to another, undesired site?
1) Phishing 2) Pharming
3) Redirecting 4) Hijacking
Ques. : 115 What is the term that refers to an ad hidden inside software that you downloaded from an internet site?
1) Spam 2) Phish
3) Cookie 4) Adware
Ques. : 116 What type of monitoring file is commonly used on and accepted from Internet sites?
1) Phishes 2) Smartware
3) Cookies 4) Trojans
Ques. : 117 Ideally, your sense of what is ethical should tell you which of the following?
1) What to do 2) Who to do it to
3) When to do it 4) Where to do it
Ques. : 118 What type of software secretly collects information about you and your internet habits?
1) Detectware 2) Spam
3) Spyware 4) Pharming
5) All the above Ans.) 3
Ques. : 119 In an educational setting, instructors have access to and use a whole host of copyrighted materials. What
allows these individuals to make use of these materials?
1) Patent laws 2) Fair Use Doctrine
3) Intellectual property laws 4) Higher educational board
Ques. : 120 What type of information systems environment reuses self-contained blocks of code in its systems?
1) Modular systems 2) Block based coding
3) Component programming 4) Service-oriented architecture

Ques. : 121 What term refers to the structure, and substructures, of an organization's information systems?
1) Subsystems 2) System formations
3) IT Configurations 4) Infrastructure
Ques. : 122 When two or more computers are able to share information, what is this called?
1) Shared systems 2) Interoperability
3) Information interchange 4) Data exchange
Ques. : 123 When there is little or no exchange of information within an organization's information systems, we say that
the systems are _____.
1) independent 2) autonomous
3) self-sufficient 4) decentralized
Ques. : 124 When information and processing is spread throughout the organization via a network, we say the systems
are _____.
1) dependent 2) reliant
3) distributed 4) self-supporting
Ques. : 125 When one computer provides services to another computer, the environment is a(n) _____ infrastructure.
1) Client/server 2) dependent
3) reliant 4) independent
Ques. : 126 What type of infrastructure are most enterprise applications employing?
1) Network 2) Distributed
3) Complex 4) Tiered
Ques. : 127 When you continuously measure yourself against your peers, you are employing _____.
1) benchmarking 2) balancing
3) stability 4) reliability
Ques. : 128 In a service-oriented architecture (SoA) philosophy, RAD and XP development methodologies focus on
which of the following?
1) Customers 2) Information needs
3) Software development 4) End users
Ques. : 129 What plan describes the details for recovery when a disaster hits an organization?
1) Disaster diagram 2) Disaster and revival plan
3) Recovery plan 4) Business continuity plan
Ques. : 130 What type of information systems environment reuses self-contained blocks of code in its systems?
1) Modular systems 2) Block based coding
3) Component programming 4) Service-oriented architecture
Ques. : 131 What is the structured approach called for developing software and information systems?
1) Software design 2) Prototyping
3) Systems development life cycle 4) Systems methodology
Ques. : 132 Who is the person who typically manages the software development project?
1) Software engineer 2) Project manager
3) IT manager 4) Technology director
Ques. : 133 . In which phase of the software design and development project would you try to understand the proposed
project?
1) Planning phase 2) Initial phase
3) Requirements phase 4) Analysis phase
Ques. : 134 In which phase of the software design and development project would you build a blueprint of the proposed
system?
1) Analysis phase 2) Design phase
3) Requirements phase 4) Development phase
Ques. : 135 . In which phase of the software design and development project would you build the proposed system?
1) Design phase 2) Requirements phase
3) Development phase 4) Implementation phase
Ques. : 136 What type of commerce is enabled by technology?

1) Path-to-profitability 2) E-commerce
3) EBuy 4) Internet
Ques. : 137 Huggies baby diapers is an example of which type of product?

1) 1. Commodity-like 2) Convenience
3) Speciality 4) Essential
Ques. : 138 What term is used when the government employs technology to deal with citizens, businesses, and other
government agencies?
1) G2BC 2) web
3) consumer 4) E-government
Ques. : 139 What group of individuals is Webkinz is designed for?

1) Screenager 2) Digital immigrant
3) Pre-screenager 4) Digital native
Ques. : 140 What term refers to the small web page that opens automatically with an ad when you visit some web sites?
1) Marketing page 2) I-ad
3) Affiliate ad 4) Pop-up ad
Ques. : 141 When two companies are linked together by computers and they send business transactions through these
computers, they are probably using _____.
1) Digital wallets 2) Electronic data interchange
3) B2C 4) Smart cards
5) None of these. Ans.) 2
Ques. : 142 What type of technology scrambles the contents of files sent via the Internet?
1) Encryption 2) Secured data interchange
3) Cryptogram 4) Regulated code
Ques. : 143 What type of Web technology creates a secure and private connection between two computers?
1) Secure socket layers 2) Encryption
3) Internet-locked connections 4) Sheltered web sites
Ques. : 144 What term refers to your ability to connect to the internet and your company from a wireless device?
1) Net services 2) Push technology
3) Pull technology 4) Mobile computing
Ques. : 145 What age group was born after the digital revolution?
1) Digital natives 2) Digital immigrants
3) Digital boomers 4) Web kids
Ques. : 146 Which of the following systems helps you with making a decision about a non-structured problem?
1) Artificial intelligence 2) Neural network
3) Genetic algorithm 4) Decision support system
Ques. : 147 Which of the following systems would be used for geocaching?
1) Neural network 2) Genetic algorithm
3) Intelligent agent 4) Geographical information system
Ques. : 148 Which of the following systems mimics human thinking?

1) Artificial intelligence 2) Intelligent agent
3) Bot 4) Database management system
Ques. : 149 Which AI system provides a diagnosis to a specific problem?

1) Intelligent agent 2) Expert system
3) Geographical information system 4) Data mining system
Ques. : 150 Which AI system finds and identifies patterns; for instance; in the words you use?
1) Expert system 2) Intelligent system
3) Neural network 4) Fuzzy logic
Ques. : 151 Generally, AI systems analyze imprecise and subjective information. This information is called _____.
1) Blurred data 2) Inclusive information
3) Fuzzy logic 4) Dirty data
Ques. : 152 Which AI system will work for you to find information on the internet?
1) Intelligent agent 2) Neural network
3) Genetic algorithm 4) Expert system
Ques. : 153 Which AI system will continue to analyze a problem until it finds the best solution?
1) Genetic algorithm 2) Neural network
Ques. : 154 Which Intelligent Agent will monitor systems and report back to you when there is a problem?
1) Shopping bot 2) Buyer agent
3) Information agent 4) Predictive agent
Ques. : 155 Which Intelligent Agent can play an Internet game on your behalf?
1) Information agent 2) User agent
3) Predictive agent 4) Game agent
Ques. : 156 Which type of database stores data in two-dimensional tables?

1) Network 2) Hierarchical
3) Table 4) Relational
Ques. : 157 What part of the database stores information about the data?
1) Data dictionary 2) Data depository
3) Data warehouse 4) Administrative data systems
Ques. : 158 What database key uniquely identifies a record within a table?
1) Primary key 2) Foreign key
3) Secondary key 4) Relational key
Ques. : 159 What database key links one table to another?

1) Primary key 2) Foreign key
3) Secondary key 4) Relational key
Ques. : 160 What are the rules called that limit how data is entered into a database?
1) Data restrictions 2) Controls
3) Constraints 4) Database checks
Ques. : 161 What do you create when you need to pose a question to the database?
1) Inquiry 2) Rule
3) Question 4) Query
Ques. : 162 What type of a database is multidimensional, providing layers to tables?

1) Multidimensional 2) Network
3) Hierarchical 4) Data warehouse
5) all of above Ans.) 4
Ques. : 163 Which of the following is a subset of a data warehouse?

1) Relational database 2) OLAP
3) Intelligent Agent 4) Data mart
Ques. : 164 Which function in an organization plans for information resources?

1) Data administration 2) Database administration
3) Knowledge Management 4) Information Management
Ques. : 165 Which function in an organization manages information resources?

1) Data administration 2) Database administration
3) Knowledge Management 4) Information Management
Ques. : 166 What type of system tracks inventory and related business processes across departments and companies?
1) Strategic information systems 2) Data processing systems
3) Inventory management systems 4) Supply chain management systems
Ques. : 167 What type of system tracks and analyzes transactions made by customers?
1) Decision support systems 2) Tactical systems
3) Customer relationship management systems 4) Knowledge base systems
Ques. : 168 What type of system tracks and analyzes all of the activities in the sales process?
1) Customer information systems 2) Decision support systems
3) Sales force automation systems 4) Sales process management systems
Ques. : 169 What terms is used to identify technology that is used to support many people working together on one
project?
1) E-collaboration 2) I-technology
3) Social networking 4) Knowledge management
Ques. : 170 What term is used to identify people coming together from various geographical locations to complete some
task?
1) I-team 2) Virtual team
3) Online work group 4) Distributed team
Ques. : 171 What type of Web site allows visitors to create and maintain information posted on its site?
1) Open source site 2) Wiki

3) Knowledge construction sites 4) FTP site
Ques. : 172 Which person oversees an organization's entire information system?

1) CTO 2) CSO
3) CIO 4) CPO
Ques. : 173 Which type of system includes all technology systems and software across an organization?
1) Which type of system includes all technology 2) Which type of system includes all technology
systems and software across an organization? systems and software across an organization?
3) Which type of system includes all technology
4) Management information systems
systems and software across an organization?
5) Non of these Ans.) 3
Ques. : 174 What is the term used to depict aged information systems that are technologically out-of-date?
1) Outdated information systems 2) Obsolete systems
3) Archaic systems 4) Legacy information systems
Ques. : 175 Which of the following ERP providers specialize in providing financial management, distribution,
manufacturing, project accounting, human resource management, and business analytics to small-to-medium
businesses?
1) SAP 2) Oracle/PeopleSoft
3) SSA Global 4) Microsoft
Ques. : 176 Which information attribute would last month's electrical bill be classified as?
1) Space 2) Form
3) Location 4) Time
Ques. : 177 Which of the following terms is used to describe the computer-based tools used by people in an
organization to support their information processing needs?
1) Information Technology 2) User Systems
3) Artifacts 4) Computer Tools
Ques. : 178 Which term refers to the extent of detail provided in information? For instance, some information may provide
summary information while others may provide a great amount of detail.
1) Information Depth 2) Aggregate Data
3) Information Granularity 4) Data Detail
Ques. : 179 Which of the following is included in the organizational perspective of information?
1) Time 2) Flow
3) Process 4) Form
Ques. : 180 Which type of technology allows you to send information from one computer to another?
1) Output 2) Telecommunication
3) Connecting 4) CPU
Ques. : 181 Which organizational layer is responsible for developing the goals and strategies as outlined by the top-
most level of management?
1) Tactical management 2) Strategic management
3) Operational management 4) Nonmanagement employees
Ques. : 182 Which of the following is collective information about customers, competitors, business partners,
competitive environments, and internal operations?
1) Aggregate Data 2) External Knowledge
3) Business Intelligence (BI) 4) Information Granularity
Ques. : 183 What term is used to describe information coming into a computer that is in bad form, or is incorrect, and
will improperly affect the decision-making process?
1) GIGO 2) Tainted data
3) Dirty information 4) Scrubbed data
Ques. : 184 Which type of worker knows how and when to apply technology?
1) Computer scientist 2) Technology-literate knowledge worker
3) Technology analyst 4) Computer savvy
Ques. : 185 Which type of software coordinates the interaction of technology devices?
1) Application software 2) Utility software
3) RAM 4) Systems software
Ques. : 186 When developers start to acquire equipment or software, the __________ stage of the SDLC has been
reached.
1) development 2) design
3) implementation 4) needs analysis
Ques. : 187 A __________ implementation will involve employees utilizing one part at a time.
1) parallel 2) direc
3) phased 4) pilot
Ques. : 188 Adding new features is typically performed during the __________ phase.
3) development 4) maintenance
5) all of the above Ans.) 4
Ques. : 189 The intensity and the level of commitment required in the first __________ phases of RAD are expected to
shorten the entire development process.
1) two 2) three
3) five 4) six
5) one Ans.) 1
1) two 2) three
3) five 4) six
5) one Ans.) 1
Ques. : 191 Senior managers but not end users participate during the __________ sessions for RAD.
1) needs analysis 2) joint requirements planning
3) joint applications design 4) object oriented system analysis
Ques. : 192 Analyzing the current system is performed during the __________ phase.
Ques. : 193 In __________, team members start with the big picture and move to the details.
1) top-down design 2) bottom-up design
3) object oriented system analysis 4) rapid application design
Ques. : 194 Many teams use working models called __________ to explore the look and feel of screens with users.
1) demos 2) prototypes
3) objects 4) designs
Ques. : 195 In the needs analysis section of the SDLC, the __________ typically defines a need for a new system
1) manager 2) system analyst
3) user 4) technical writer
Ques. : 196 Information systems are composed of __________ basic components.

1) four 2) three
3) two 4) many
Ques. : 197 A human order taker can be bypassed when using a(n) __________
1) office automation system. 2) management information system.
3) transaction processing system. 4) decision support system.
Ques. : 198 The __________ can help you choose a product.

1) office automation system 2) management information system
3) transaction processing system 4) decision support system
Ques. : 199 The expert system uses a(n) __________ to select the most appropriate response.
1) inference engine 2) decision support system
3) knowledge base 4) data source
Ques. : 200 An intranet that is accessible by outside workers.

1) firewall 2) extranet
3) management information system 4) P2PN
Ques. : 201 __________ is the capability to continue as if nothing has happened, even after a major component failure.
1) redundancy 2) interoperability
3) fault tolerance 4) backup
Ques. : 202 Striping with parity is also known as RAID __________.

1) 0 2) 1
3) 4 4) 6
Ques. : 203 A storage device that is connected directly to a network is an example of __________.
1) network attached storage 2) storage area network
3) direct attached storage 4) RAID
Ques. : 204 A tape library will use a robotic component called a(n) __________ to change and store multiple tape
cartridges.
1) RAID 2) backup device
3) redundant system 4) auto loader
Ques. : 205 More than one of the same component is an example of a __________ system.
1) scalable 2) redundant
3) RAID 4) back-up
Ques. : 206 _______ is a first-generation cellular phone system.

1) AMPS 2) D-AMPS
3) GSM 4) none of the above
Ques. : 207 __________ is a second-generation cellular phone system.

1) AMPS 2) D-AMPS
3) GSM 4) none of the above
Ques. : 208 ____________ is a digital version of AMPS.

1) GSM 2) D-AMPS
3) IS-95 4) none of the above
Ques. : 209 ___________ is a second-generation cellular phone system used in Europe.

1) GSM 2) D-AMPS
3) IS-95 4) all of the above
5) none of the above Ans.) 1
Ques. : 210 The __________ cellular phone system will provide universal personal communication.
1) first-generation 2) second-generation
3) third-generation 4) all of the above
Ques. : 211 Computer can not do anything without a

1) Chip 2) Memory
3) Output device 4) Program
Ques. : 212 A process known as ____________ is used by large retailers to study trends.
1) data mining 2) data selection
3) POS 4) data conversion
Ques. : 213 Which generation of computers is covered by the period 1964-77?

1) First 2) Second
3) Third 4) Forth
Ques. : 214 __________ is data that has been organized or presented in a meaningful fashion.
1) A process 2) Software
3) Storage 4) Information
Ques. : 215 ____________terminals (formerly known as cash registers) are often connected to complex inventory and
sales computer systems.
1) Data 2) Point-of-sale
3) Sales 4) Query
Ques. : 216 A(n) ____________ system is a small, wireless handheld computer that scans an item’s tag and pulls up
the current price (and any special offers) as you shop.
1) PSS 2) POS
3) inventory 4) data mining
Ques. : 217 The ability to recover and read deleted or damaged files from a criminal’s computer is an example of a law
enforcement specialty called:
1) robotics 2) simulation
3) computer forensics 4) animation
Ques. : 218 Which of the following is not one of the four major data processing functions of a computer?
1) gathering data 2) processing data into information
3) analyzing the data or information 4) storing the data or information
Ques. : 219 ____________ tags, when placed on an animal, can be used to record and track in a database all of the
animal’s movements
1) POS 2) RFID
3) PPS 4) GPS
Ques. : 220 Surgeons can perform delicate operations by manipulating devices through computers instead of manually.
This technology is known as
1) robotics 2) computer forensics
3) simulation 4) forecasting
Ques. : 221 Technology no longer protected by copyright, available to everyone, is considered to be:
1) proprietary 2) open
3) experimental 4) in the public domain

Ques. : 222 All of the following are examples of real security and privacy risks except
1) hackers 2) spam
3) viruses 4) identity theft
Ques. : 223 ____________ is the study of molecules and structures whose size ranges from 1 to 100 nanometers.
1) Nanoscience 2) Microelectrodes
3) Computer forensics 4) Artificial intelligence
Ques. : 224 ____________ is the science that attempts to produce machines that display the same type of intelligence
that humans do.
1) Nanoscience 2) Nanotechnology
3) Simulation 4) Artificial intelligence
Ques. : 225 The name for the way that computers manipulate data into information is called
1) programming 2) processing
3) storing 4) organizing
Ques. : 226 An e-mail address typically consists of a user ID followed by the ____ sign and the name of the e-mail
server that manages the user’s electronic post office box.
1) @ 2) #
3) & 4) *
Ques. : 227 Software applies ____ also called algorithms, to process data.
1) arithmetic 2) procedures
3) objects 4) rules
Ques. : 228 A file extension is separated from the main file name with a(n) ____ but no spaces.
1) question mark 2) exclamation mark
3) underscore 4) period
Ques. : 229 An ad hoc query is a—

1) pre-planned question 2) pre-scheduled question
3) spur-of-the moment question 4) question that will not return any results
Ques. : 230 A Web ……… consists of one or more Web pages located on a Web server.
1) hub 2) site
3) story 4) template
Ques. : 231 A computer ……… is a set of program instructions that can attach itself to a file, reproduce itself, and spread
to other files.
1) worm 2) virus
3) trojan horse 4) phishing scam
Ques. : 232 The desktop contains small graphics calledé

1) windows 2) logos
3) icons 4) pictures
Ques. : 233 C, BASIC, COBOL, and Java are examples of ______ languages
1) low-level 2) computer
3) system programming 4) high-leve
Ques. : 234 A(n) _______ camera is a peripheral device used to capture still images in a digital format that can be easily
transferred into a computer and manipulated using graphics software.
1) digital 2) analog
3) classic 4) film
Ques. : 235 _____ makes it possible for shoppers to make purchases using their computers.
1) E-world 2) Ecommerce
3) E-spend 4) E-business
Ques. : 236 A computer ……… is a set of program instructions that can attach itself to a file, reproduce itself,
1) worm 2) virus
3) trojan horse 4) phishing scam
Ques. : 237 The desktop contains small graphics calledé

1) windows 2) logos
3) icons 4) pictures
Ques. : 238 C, BASIC, COBOL, and Java are examples of ______ languages
1) low-level 2) computer
3) system programming 4) high-level
Ques. : 239 A(n) _______ camera is a peripheral device used to capture still images in a digital format that can
3) classic 4) film
Ques. : 240 _____ makes it possible for shoppers to make purchases using their computers
1) E-world 2) Ecommerce
3) E-spend 4) E-business
Ques. : 241 An Internet connection require

1) a personal computer 2) a modem
3) a dial-up telephone line 4) software to operate
5) all the above Ans.) 5
Ques. : 242 The Boolean operators of the Internet are

1) And 2) OR
3) Nand 4) Nor
Ques. : 243 ICMP stands for

1) Intranet Control Message Protocol 2) Internet Control Message Protocol
3) Information Control Master Protocol 4) internet communication message protocol
Ques. : 244 CRC stands for

1) Cyclic Read Check 2) Cyclic Redundancy Check
3) Cyclic Replicate Check 4) control message control
Ques. : 245 The Java program file extension is

1) .jav 2) .java
3) .ja 4) .jvm
Ques. : 246 The first mechanical computer designed by Charles Babbage was called
1) Abacus 2) Processor
3) Calculator 4) Analytical Engine
Ques. : 247 The motherboard is the—

1) circuit board that houses peripheral devices 2) same as the CPU chip
3) the first dup that is accessed when the 4) circuit board that contains a CPU and other
computer is turned on chips
Ques. : 248 The transformation of a message into an encoded form is known as

1) Mnemonics 2) Encoding
3) Encryption 4) Decoding
Ques. : 249 Which is device that interconnect two or more network, enabling data transfer to be made between them
1) Plotter 2) Joystick
3) Gateway 4) Path
Ques. : 250 Which of the following is directory controlled from a keyboard.

1) Card punch 2) punched paper tape
3) Magnetic disk 4) Magnetic tape
Ques. : 251 Which of the following is a part of the Central Processing Unit
1) Printer 2) Keyboard
3) Mouse 4) Arithmetic Logic Unit
Ques. : 252 Control Unit of a digital computer is often called the

1) Clock 2) Nerve center
3) ICs 4) All of the above
Ques. : 253 A typical modern computer uses

1) LSI chips 2) Vacuum tubes
3) Valves 4) All the above
Ques. : 254 A is a device that not only provides surge protection, but also furnishes your computer with battery backup
power during a power outage
1) surge strip 2) USB
3) UPS 4) battery strip
Ques. : 255 When you save to _____ your data will remain intact even when the computer is turned off.
1) RAM 2) motherboard
3) secondary storage device 4) primary storage device
Ques. : 256 Which of the following statements is/are true?

1) Cache Memories are bigger than RAM 2) Cache Memories are smaller then RAM
3) ROM is faster than RAM 4) Information in ROM can be written by users
Ques. : 257 Programs stored in ROM are called ___

1) Hardware 2) Firmware
3) Software 4) utility
Ques. : 258 The unit KIPS is used to measure the speed of ___
1) Processor 2) Disk drive
3) Printer 4) Tape drive
Ques. : 259 IC are classified on the basis of ___

1) Manufacturing company 2) Type of computer
3) Number of transistors 4) a and b
Ques. : 260 MDR (Memory Data Register) holds the

1) Address of memory location 2) Segment number
3) Number of transistors 4) a and b
Ques. : 261 When an object has many forms, it has _____.
Ques. : 262 What term is used to describe the internal representation of an object that is hidden from view outside the
object's definition?
1) Encapsulation 2) Expandable
3) Polymorphism 4) Inheritance
Ques. : 263 What are the instructions called that tell a system what, how, and when to do something?
1) Object-oriented technology approach 2) Object-oriented database
3) Program 4) Database management
Ques. : 264 What common technique attempts to save time and energy by reducing redundant work in object-oriented
programming?
1) Reduce lines of programming 2) Reuse of code
3) Reduce size of systems being developed 4) Merging different systems together
Ques. : 265 What kind of programming language is Java?

1) Object-oriented programming language 2) Relational programming language
4) Database management programming
3) Sixth-generation programming language
language
Ques. : 266 Which device can understand difference between data & programs?
1) Input device 2) Output device
3) Memory 4) Microprocessor
Ques. : 267 The contents of information are stored in

1) Memory data register 2) Memory address register
3) Memory arithmetic registers 4) Memory access register
Ques. : 268 Memory unit is one part of

1) Input device 2) Control unit
3) Output device 4) Central Processing Unit
Ques. : 269 Algorithm and Flow chart help us to

1) Know the memory capacity 2) Identify the base of a number system
3) Direct the output to a printer 4) Specify the problem completely and clearly
Ques. : 270 Who built the first Mechanical Calculator

1) Joseph Marie Jacquard 2) John Mauchly
3) Blaise Pascal 4) Howard Aiken
Ques. : 271 In the right setting a thief will steal your information by simply watching what you type
Ques. : 272 A __________ is a small program embedded inside of a GIF image.

1) web bug 2) cookie
3) spyware application 4) spam
Ques. : 273 A hacker contacts you my phone or email and attempts to acquire your password
Ques. : 274 This power protection device includes a battery that provides a few minutes of power.
1) surge suppressor 2) line conditioner
3) generator 4) UPS
Ques. : 275 The phrase __________ describes viruses, worms, Trojan horse attack applets, and attack scripts.
1) malware 2) spam
3) phish 4) virus
Ques. : 276 The __________ is a special database that holds information about the computer’s user, installed
programs and hardware devices.
1) dynamic link library 2) initialization file
3) compiled help module 4) Windows Registry
Ques. : 277 A(n) __________ converts all the source code into machine code, creating an executable file
1) linker 2) compiler
3) assembler 4) interpreter
Ques. : 278 An IPO chart consists of __________ columns

1) three 2) four
3) five 4) unlimited
Ques. : 279 A series of steps that always results in an answer is the definition of __________.
1) heuristic 2) flowchart
3) algorithm 4) pseudo code
Ques. : 280 __________ are built around special program flow constructs called conditional statements.
1) Selection structures 2) Sequence structure
3) Repetition structures 4) Assignment statements
Ques. : 281 Which of the following systems helps you with making a decision about a non-structured problem?
1) Artificial intelligence 2) Neural network
3) Genetic algorithm 4) Decision support system
Ques. : 282 Which of the following systems would be used for geocaching?
1) Neural network 2) Genetic algorithm
3) Intelligent agent 4) Geographical information system
Ques. : 283 Which of the following systems mimics human thinking?

1) Artificial intelligence 2) Intelligent agent
3) Bot 4) Database management system
Ques. : 284 Which AI system provides a diagnosis to a specific problem?

3) Geographical information system 4) Data mining system
Ques. : 285 Which AI system finds and identifies patterns; for instance; in the words you use?
1) Expert system 2) Intelligent system
3) Neural network 4) Fuzzy logic
Ques. : 286 Dot matrix and band printers are __________ printers
1) laser 2) impact
3) ink jet 4) thermal
5) None of the Ans.) 2
Ques. : 287 Which of the following measures the speed of dot-matrix printers?
1) ppm 2) dpi
3) cps 4) lpm
Ques. : 288 In a laser printer, the __________ transfers the image to the paper
1) laser 2) roller
3) toner 4) drum
Ques. : 289 Home offices often purchase __________ to solve printing and scanning needs
1) all-in-one peripherals 2) photocopiers
3) ink-jet printers 4) scanners
Ques. : 290 For a home user that has casual printing needs, the __________ specification is the most important
specification of a printer.
1) speed 2) cost of use
3) resolution 4) paper size
Ques. : 291 What is the address given to a computer connected to a network called?
1) System Address 2) SYSID
3) Process ID 4) IP Address
Ques. : 292 Direct X is a _____

1) Computer Part 2) Software that drives Graphic hardware
3) A User Interface 4) all of above
Ques. : 293 When you purchase a product over a Mobile Phone, the transaction is called ___
1) Web Commerce 2) e-Commerce
3) m-Commerce 4) Mobile Purchases
Ques. : 294 Programs stored in ROM are called ___

1) Hardware 2) Firmware
3) Software 4) all of above
Ques. : 295 The unit KIPS is used to measure the speed of ___
1) Processor 2) Disk drive
3) Printer 4) Tape drive
Ques. : 296 What is the most common repetitive-stress injury?

1) Carpal tunnel syndrome 2) Headache
3) Cumulative trauma disorder 4) Video operator’s distress syndrome
Ques. : 297 Which government organization may possibly provide and enforce regulations in the near future concerning
ergonomics in the workplace?
1) FCC 2) SEC
3) FBI 4) OSHA
Ques. : 298 Which of the following will NOT reduce stress when computing?
1) Minibreaks 2) Proper ventilation to eliminate ozone emissions
3) Putting the keyboard on the desktop and raising
4) Indirect lighting to reduce monitor glare
your chair
Ques. : 299 What is meant by “green computing?”

1) A non-computing person using a computer 2) Environmentally sensible computing
3) The leading edge of computer technology 4) Using a new software program
Ques. : 300 What is the name of the program used by the Environmental Protection Agency to denote an appliance
meets environmentally-safe regulations?
1) Energy Star 2) Energetics
3) Efficient Appliance Compliance 4) Power Star
Ques. : 301 What is the structured approach called for developing software and information systems?
1) Software design 2) Prototyping
3) Systems development life cycle 4) Systems methodology
Ques. : 302 Who is the person who typically manages the software development project?
1) Software engineer 2) Project manager
3) IT manager 4) Technology director
Ques. : 303 In which phase of the software design and development project would you try to understand the proposed
project?
1) Planning phase 2) Initial phase
3) Requirements phase 4) Analysis phase
Ques. : 304 In which phase of the software design and development project would you build a blueprint of the proposed
system?
1) Analysis phase 2) Design phase
3) Requirements phase 4) Development phase
Ques. : 305 In which phase of the software design and development project would you build the proposed system?
1) Design phase 2) Requirements phase
3) Development phase 4) Implementation phase
Ques. : 306 Before data can be transmitted, they must be transformed to ________.
1) periodic signals 2) electromagnetic signals
3) aperiodic signals 4) low-frequency sine waves
Ques. : 307 A periodic signal completes one cycle in 0.001 s. What is the frequency?
1) 1 Hz 2) 100 Hz
3) 1 KHz 4) 1 MHz
Ques. : 308 In a frequency-domain plot, the horizontal axis measures the ________.
1) peak amplitude 2) frequency
3) phase 4) slope
Ques. : 309 In a time-domain plot, the horizontal axis is a measure of ________.

1) signal amplitude 2) frequency
3) phase 4) time
Ques. : 310 If the bandwidth of a signal is 5 KHz and the lowest frequency is 52 KHz, what is the highest frequency?
1) 5 KHz 2) 10 KHz
3) 47 KHz 4) 57 KHz
Ques. : 311 What type of network is commonly used in a college lab environment?
1) WAN 2) MAN
3) LAN 4) CAN
Ques. : 312 What type of network is commonly used in an international organization?

1) WAN 2) MAN
3) LAN 4) CAN
Ques. : 313 What is the term used to describe the amount of space you have to transmit to and from the Internet?
1) Internet speed 2) Network speed
3) Router 4) Bandwidth
Ques. : 314 Which of the following high-speed circuits is the fastest?

1) T1 2) T2
3) T3 4) DS3
Ques. : 315 What type of communication media is the most widely used cabling for data transfer today?
1) Cat 5 2) Twisted pair
3) Coaxial 4) Optical fiber
Ques. : 316 If a computer is turned off without saving a new document —

1) the computer will not be able to restart 2) the computer will reboot
3) the document will be lost 4) the default format will be changed
Ques. : 317 The protection of data against accidental or intentional destruction, disclosure or modification is called
1) Information security 2) Privacy
3) Code system 4) Transposition cipher
Ques. : 318 The problem/s created by viruses is/are

1) Destruction of the file allocation table 2) Erasing of specific programs or data on disk
3) Suppress execution of RAM resident programs 4) All of the above
Ques. : 319 CPU’s processing power is measured in

1) Hours 2) Minutes
3) Million instructions per second 4) Second
Ques. : 320 SCSI is a term related with

1) Storage 2) Network Data Transfer
3) Keystroke Rate 4) Picture resolution
Ques. : 321 Which information attribute would last month's electrical bill be classified as?
1) Space 2) Form
3) Location 4) Time
Ques. : 322 Which of the following terms is used to describe the computer-based tools used by people in an
organization to support their information processing needs?
1) Information Technology 2) User Systems
3) Artifacts 4) Computer Tools
Ques. : 323 Which term refers to the extent of detail provided in information? For instance, some information may provide
summary information while others may provide a great amount of detail.
1) Information Depth 2) Aggregate Data
3) Information Granularity 4) Data Detail
1) Time 2) Flow
3) Process 4) Form
1) Time 2) Flow
3) Process 4) Form
Ques. : 326 When developers start to acquire equipment or software, the __________ stage of the SDLC has been
reached.
Ques. : 327 A __________ implementation will involve employees utilizing one part at a time.
1) parallel 2) direct
3) phased 4) pilot
Ques. : 328 Adding new features is typically performed during the __________ phase.
3) development 4) maintenance
1) two 2) three
3) five 4) six
Ques. : 330 Senior managers but not end users participate during the __________ sessions for RAD.
1) needs analysis 2) joint requirements planning
3) joint applications design 4) object oriented system analysis
Ques. : 331 . ______ cables are composed of a glass or plastic inner core surrounded by cladding, all encased in an
outside jacket.
1) Coaxial 2) Fiber-optic
3) Twisted-pair 4) none of the above
Ques. : 332 . ______ cables carry data signals in the form of light
1) Coaxial 2) Fiber-optic
3) Twisted-pair 4) all of above
Ques. : 333 . In a fiber-optic cable, the signal is propagated along the inner core by _______.
1) reflection 2) refraction
3) modulation 4) fragmentation
Ques. : 334 _________ media transport electromagnetic waves without the use of a physical conductor.
1) Guided 2) Unguided
3) Either (a) or (b) 4) all of above
Ques. : 335 Radio waves are _________.

1) omnidirectional 2) unidirectional
3) bidirectional 4) all of above
Ques. : 338 Many teams use working models called __________ to explore the look and feel of screens with users.
1) demos 2) prototypes
3) objects 4) designs
Ques. : 339 In the needs analysis section of the SDLC, the __________ typically defines a need for a new system
1) manager 2) system analyst
3) user 4) technical writer

Ques. : 340 This phase of the SDLC may involve a small group of testers.
1) maintenance 2) needs analysis
3) implementation 4) development
Ques. : 341 Companies use which of the following vendors to provide access to software and services rather than
purchasing the applications and maintaining the applications themselves ?
1) Open source vendors 2) Alliances

3) Application service providers 4) All of the above
Ques. : 342 Which one of the following would be considered as a way that a computer virus can enter a computer
system ?
1) Opening an application previously installed on
2) Borrowed copies of software
the computer
3) Viewing a website without causing any
4) Running antivirus programs
additional transactions
Ques. : 343 Collecting personal information and effectively posing as another individual is known as the crime of—
1) spooling 2) dentity theft
3) spoofing 4) hacking
Ques. : 344 The first step in the transaction processing cycle is___________
1) database operations 2) audit
3) data entry 4) user inquiry
Ques. : 345 In the information systems concept, the output function involves__________
1) Capturing and assembling elements that enter 2) Transformation processes that convert input
the system to be processed into output
3) Transferring elements that have been produced 4) Monitoring and evaluating feedback to
by a transformation process to their ultimate determine whether a system is moving toward the
destination achievement of its goal

Ques. : 351 In Bluetooth, the _____layer is roughly equivalent to the MAC sublayer in LANs.
1) radio 2) baseband
3) L2CAP 4) none of the above
Ques. : 352 In Bluetooth, multiple ________ form a network called a _________.

1) scatternet; piconets 2) piconets: scatternet
3) piconets: bluenet 4) bluenet; scatternet
Ques. : 353 A Bluetooth network consists of _____ primary device(s) and up to ____ secondary devices.
1) one; five 2) five; three
3) two; six 4) one; seven
Ques. : 354 The RTS and CTS frames in CSMA/CA ____ solve the hidden station problem. The RTS and CTS frames in
CSMA/CA ____ solve the exposed station problem.
1) can; cannot 2) cannot; can
3) can; can 4) cannot; cannot
Ques. : 355 In Bluetooth, the _______ layer is roughly equivalent to the physical layer of the Internet model.
1) radio 2) baseband
3) L2CAP 4) all of above
Ques. : 356 A system for capturing knowledge from books and experienced individuals, making it available where
needed, is referred to as a(n) _________________.
1) knowledge management system (KMS) 2) executive information system (EIS)
3) expert system (ES) 4) knowledge database (KDB)
Ques. : 357 A ___________________________ handles an organization's day-to-day accounting needs; keeping a

verifiable record of every transaction involving money, including purchases, sales, and payroll payments.
1) transactional processing system (TPS) 2) financial support system (FSS)
3) decision support system (DSS) 4) business processing system (BPS)
Ques. : 358 _______________________ occurs when too much information is provided making processing,
absorbing, and validating difficult.
1) Database integration 2) Information overload
3) Nonfunctional information 4) Query integration
Ques. : 359 A(n) _____________________ is a system that includes the collection of people, hardware, software, data
records, and activities that process the data and information in an organization.
1) traditional organization structure 2) information functional unit
3) information system 4) data mart
Ques. : 360 _____________ is a technique in which managers are able to view information in a data warehouse and
focus their attention on a specific data element.
1) Analytical research 2) Drill down
3) MDX querying 4) SQL
Ques. : 361 Which of the following ERP providers specialize in providing financial management, distribution,
manufacturing, project accounting, human resource management, and business analytics to small-to-medium
businesses?
1) SAP 2) Oracle/PeopleSoft
3) SSA Global 4) Microsoft
1) Knowledge based systems 2) Strategic information systems
3) Enterprise resource planning systems 4) Management information systems

1) CTO 2) CSO
3) CIO 4) CPO
Ques. : 366 What is a light pen?

1) Mechanical Input device 2) Optical input device
3) Electronic input device 4) Optical output device
Ques. : 367 Which one is the protocol?

1) Bus 2) Star
3) NetBEUI 4) none of the above
Ques. : 368 1KB is equal to:

1) 100 bytes 2) 1000 bytes
3) 1024 bytes 4) 1048 bytes
Ques. : 369 For dial up internet connection, a computer must have:

1) Sound card 2) CD drive
3) Modem 4) video card
Ques. : 370 Which of the following is not a valid memory?

1) ROM 2) RAM
3) EEPROM 4) NIC
Ques. : 371 Which error detection method uses one's complement arithmetic?
1) Simple parity check 2) Two-dimensional parity check
3) CRC 4) Checksum
Ques. : 372 Which error detection method consists of just one redundant bit per data unit?
1) Simple parity check 2) Two-dimensional parity check
3) CRC 4) Checksum
Ques. : 373 In cyclic redundancy checking, what is the CRC?

1) The divisor 2) The quotient
3) The dividend 4) The remainder
Ques. : 374 The largest portion of the bandwidth for ADSL carries _______.
1) voice communication 2) upstream data
3) downstream data 4) control data
Ques. : 375 Another name for the cable TV office is the _______.
1) splitter 2) fiber node
3) combiner 4) head end
Ques. : 376 Two common scrambling techniques are ________.

1) NRZ and RZ 2) AMI and NRZ
3) B8ZS and HDB3 4) Manchester and differential Manchester
Ques. : 377 ___________ conversion involves three techniques: line coding, block coding, and scrambling.
1) Analog-to-digital 2) Digital-to-analog
3) Analog-to-analog 4) Digital-to-digital
Ques. : 378 In asynchronous transmission, the gap time between bytes is _______.
1) fixed 2) variable
3) a function of the data rate 4) zero
Ques. : 379 In _______ transmission, a start bit and a stop bit frame a character byte.
1) asynchronous serial 2) synchronous serial
3) parallel 4) (a) and (b)
Ques. : 380 Block coding can help in _______ at the receiver.
1) Synchronization 2) Error detection
3) Attenuation 4) (a) and (b)
Ques. : 381 . A ……… is the term used when a search engine returns a Web page that matches the search criteria.
1) blog 2) hit
3) link 4) view
5) success Ans.) 3
Ques. : 382 Which of the following are advantages of CD-ROM as a storage media ?
1) CD-ROM is an inexpensive way to store large 2) CD-ROM disks retrieve data and information
amount of data and information more quickly than magnetic disks do
3) CD-ROMs make less errors than magnetic
4) All of these
media
Ques. : 383 The ……… is the term used to describe the window that is currently being used.
1) Web Window 2) display area
3) WordPad Window 4) active window
5) monitor Ans.) 4
Ques. : 384 A microprocessor is the brain of the computer and is also called a(n)—
1) microchip 2) macrochip
3) macroprocessor 4) calculator
5) software Ans.) 1
Ques. : 385 CPU is an abbreviation for—

1) central programming unit 2) central processing unit
3) computer processing unit 4) computer protocol unit
5) central protocol unit Ans.) 2
Ques. : 386 . When you save to ………, your data will remain intact even when the computer is turned off.
1) RAM 2) motherboard
3) secondary storage device 4) primary storage device
Ques. : 387 The motherboard is the_____________

1) circuit board that houses peripheral devices 2) same as the CPU chip
3) the first chip that is accessed when the 4) circuit board that contains a CPU and other
computer is turned on chips
Ques. : 388 A computer-intensive problemruns on a—

1) server 2) main frame
3) supercomputer 4) super PC
Ques. : 389 A(n)……converts and executesone statement at a time.

1) compiler 2) interpreter
3) converter 4) instructions
Ques. : 390 All the deleted files go to_____________

1) Recycle Bin 2) Task Bar
3) Tool Bar 4) My Computer
Ques. : 391 The _________ product defines the number of bits that can fill the link.
1) bandwidth-period 2) frequency-amplitude
3) bandwidth-delay 4) delay-amplitude
Ques. : 392 _________ can impair a signal.

1) Attenuation 2) Distortion
3) Noise 4) All of the above
Ques. : 393 For a ______ channel, we need to use the Shannon capacity to find the maximum bit rate.
1) noisy 2) noiseless
3) bandpass 4) low-pass
Ques. : 394 If the available channel is a ____ channel, we cannot send a digital signal directly to the channel.
1) low-pass 2) bandpass
3) low rate 4) high rate
Ques. : 395 A(n)_________ signal is a composite analog signal with an infinite bandwidth.
3) either (a) or (b) 4) neither (a) nor (b)
Ques. : 396 The_________ layer is responsible for the delivery of a message from one process to another.
1) physical 2) transport
3) network 4) all of the above
Ques. : 397 __________ provides full transport layer services to applications.

1) TCP 2) UDP
3) ARP 4) all of the above
Ques. : 398 Ethernet uses a ______ physical address that is imprinted on the network interface card (NIC).
1) 32-bit 2) 64-bit
3) 6-byte 4) all of the above
Ques. : 399 A port address in TCP/IP is ______ bits long.

1) 32 2) 48
3) 16 4) all of the above
Ques. : 400 The ____ created a model called the Open Systems Interconnection, which allows diverse systems to
communicate.
1) OSI 2) ISO
3) IEEE 4) all of the above
Ques. : 401 A telephone number, a birth date, and a customer name are all examples of—
1) a record 2) data
3) a file 4) a database
Ques. : 402 The human-readable version of a program is called—

1) source code 2) program code
3) human code 4) system code
Ques. : 403 A ……… computer (also referred to as a laptop), is a small, lightweight personal computer that incorporates
the screen, the keyboard, storage, and processing components into a single portable unit.
1) notebook 2) journal
3) diary 4) briefcase
Ques. : 404 . ……… is the result produced by a computer.

1) Data 2) Memory
3) Output 4) Input
Ques. : 405 Programs such as Internet Explorer that serve as navigable windows into the Web are called
1) Hypertext 2) Networks
3) Internet 4) Web browsers
Ques. : 406 When data changes in multiple lists and all lists are not updated, this causes
1) Data redundancy 2) Information overload
3) Duplicate data 4) Data inconsistency
Ques. : 407 Data becomes _ when it is presented in a format that people can understand and use.
1) Processed 2) Graphs
3) Information 4) Presentation
Ques. : 408 The term _ designates equipment that might be added to a computer system to enhance its functionality.
1) System add-on 2) Disk pack
3) Peripheral device 4) Digital device
Ques. : 409 What is the primary difference between viruses and a worm?
2) A worm is usually written by a cracker: Script
1) A worm has the ability to self-propagate From
bunnies do not have the skills to Develop a worm
an infected user’s computer to other Computers
program
3) A virus is very harmful to the computers it 4) Anti-virus software is effective in fighting Viruses
Infects: a worm is not a serious, a problem but not worms
Ques. : 410 You must install this on a network if you want to Share a broadband Internet connection.
1) router 2) Modem
3) Node 4) Cable
Ques. : 411 Companies use which of the following vendors to provide access to software and services rather than
purchasing the applications and maintaining the applications themselves ?
1) Open source vendors 2) Alliances
3) Application service providers 4) All of the above
Ques. : 412 Which one of the following would be considered as a way that a computer virus can enter a computer
system ?
1) Opening an application previously installed on
2) Borrowed copies of software
the computer
3) Viewing a website without causing any
4) Running antivirus programs
additional transactions
Ques. : 413 . Collecting personal information and effectively posing as another individual is known as the crime of—
1) spooling 2) dentity theft
3) spoofing 4) hacking
Ques. : 414 The first step in the transaction processing cycle is___________
1) database operations 2) audit
3) data entry 4) user inquiry
Ques. : 415 In the information systems concept, the output function involves__________
1) Capturing and assembling elements that enter 2) Transformation processes that convert input
the system to be processed into output
3) Transferring elements that have been produced 4) Monitoring and evaluating feedback to
by a transformation process to their ultimate determine whether a system is moving toward the
destination achievement of its goal
Ques. : 416 What SQL command can be used to delete columns from a table ?
1) MODIFY TABLE Table Name DROP COLUMN 2) MODIFY TABLE Table Name DROP Column
Column Name Name Column Name
3) ALTER TABLE Table Name DROP Column
4) 1 and 2
Name
Ques. : 417 Which of the following modifications may not succeed?

2) Changing a column data type from numeric to
1) Changing a column data type from char to date
char
3) Both of the above actions should succeed 4) Neither of the above actions will succeed
Ques. : 418 Changing cardinalities in a database is

1) A common database design task 2) A rare database design task, but does occur
4) Is impossible to do, so a new database must
3) A database design task that never occurs
be constructed and the data moved into it
Ques. : 419 A regular sub query can be processed

1) From the top down 2) From the bottom up
3) By nesting 4) From the right up
Ques. : 420 How many copies of the database schema are typically used in the redesign process ?
1) One 2) Two
3) Three 4) Four
Ques. : 426 Computers manipulate data in many ways, and this manipulation is called—
1) utilizing 2) batching
3) upgrading 4) processing
Ques. : 427 Software applies……, also called algorithms, to process data.

1) arithmetic 2) procedures
3) objects 4) rules
Ques. : 428 A file extension is separated from the main file name with a(n) ……, but no spaces.
1) question mark 2) exclamation mark
3) underscore 4) period
Ques. : 429 An ad hoc query is a______________

1) pre-planned question 2) pre-scheduled question
3) spur-of-the-moment question 4) question that will not return any results
Ques. : 430 A Web ……… consists of one or more Web pages located on a Web server.
1) hub 2) site
3) story 4) template
Ques. : 431 Approximately how many bytes make one megabyte ?

1) One thousand 2) Ten thousand
3) One hundred 4) One million
Ques. : 432 Storage and memory differ with respect to which of the following characteristics ?
1) Price 2) Reliability
3) Speed 4) All of these
Ques. : 433 What is e-commerce ?

2) Buying and selling products and services over
1) Buying and selling international goods
the Internet
3) Buying and selling products and services not 4) Buying and selling products having to do with
found in stores computers
5) Buying and selling of electronic goods Ans.) 2
Ques. : 434 Which media have the ability to have data/information stored (written) on them by users more than once ?
1) CD-R disks 2) CD-RW disks
3) Zip disks 4) OptiDisks
5) Word processing Ans.) 5
Ques. : 435 Which of the following functions are not performed by servers ?
1) Email processing 2) Database sharing
3) Processing Web sites 4) Storage
5) Both CD-RW disks and Zip disks Ans.) 1
Ques. : 436 To move the cursor to the end of the document press
1) Ctrl + Esc 2) Ctrl + End
3) Ctrl + B 4) Ctrl + c
Ques. : 437 The shortcut key to print documents is

1) Ctrl + A 2) Ctrl + B
3) Ctrl + P 4) Ctrl + C
Ques. : 438 The simultaneous processing of two or more Programs by multiple processors is
1) Multiprogramming 2) Multitasking
3) Time-sharing 4) Multiprocessing
Ques. : 439 First layer in the OSI reference model is

1) Data link 2) Network
3) Physical 4) Application
Ques. : 440 Data security threats include

1) Hardware failure 2) Privacy invasion
3) Fraudulent manipulation of data 4) All of the above
Ques. : 441 Which of the following is NOT a type of Broadband internet connection?
1) Cable 2) DSL
3) Dial-up 4) Satellite
Ques. : 442 in making a field this property show that it Cannot be left blank
1) Numeric 2) Required
3) Calculated 4) Validated
Ques. : 443 There are viruses that are triggered by the Passage of time or on a certain date
1) Boot-sector viruses 2) Macro viruses
3) Time bombs 4) Worms
Ques. : 444 The internet is
2) An internal communication system for a

1) A large network of networks
Business
3) A communication system for the Indian
4) All of the above
Government
Ques. : 445 The main system board of a computer is called the………

1) Integrated circuit 2) Motherboard
3) Processor 4) Microchip
Ques. : 446 If the bit rate for an FSK signal is 1200 bps, the baud rate is ________.
1) 300 2) 400
3) 600 4) 1200
Ques. : 447 Which of the following is not a digital-to-analog conversion?

1) ASK 2) PSK
3) FSK 4) AM
Ques. : 448 . In ________, the amplitude of the carrier signal is varied to create signal elements. Both frequency and
phase remain constant.
1) ASK 2) PSK
3) FSK 4) QAM
Ques. : 449 . The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) allows ______kHz for each AM station.
1) 5 2) 10
3) 20 4) 25
5) 30 Ans.) 2
Ques. : 450 . While there is (are) only _____ way(s) to send parallel data, there is (are) three subclass(es) of serial
transmission
1) one; two 2) two; three
3) one; three 4) all of the above
Ques. : 451 When you save to this, your data will remain intact even when the computer is turned off
1) RAM 2) Motherboard
3) Secondary storage device 4) Primary storage device
Ques. : 452 Ab e-mail account includes a storage area, often called a(n)
1) Attachment 2) Hyperlink
3) Mailbox 4) IP address
Ques. : 453 The ____tells the computer how to use its components.
1) Utility 2) Network
3) Application program 4) Operating system
Ques. : 454 A set of computer programs that helps a computer monitor itself and function more efficiently is a/an
1) Windows 2) System Software
3) DBMS 4) Applications Software
Ques. : 455 With a CD you can

1) Read 2) Write
3) Read and write 4) Either read or write
Ques. : 456 You would use this software to create spreadsheets, type documents, and edit photos
1) Application 2) Utility
3) System 4) Operating
Ques. : 457 Which key is used in combination with another key to perform a specific task ?
1) Function 2) Space bar
3) Arrow 4) Control
Ques. : 458 Various applications and documents are represented on the Windows desktop by
1) Symbols 2) Labels
3) Graphs 4) Icons
Ques. : 459 The contents of il- are lost when the computer turns off
1) Storage 2) Input
3) Output 4) Memory
Ques. : 460 It is the term given to the act of stealing someone identity and ruining their credit rating
1) Find Error 2) Identity
3) Identity theft 4) Virus Indefinites
Ques. : 461 The following is responsible for number of logical records in a physical record
1) Blocking factor 2) Block
3) Boolean algebra 4) All of the above
Ques. : 462 An operation in which data is moved to a different location is referred as

1) Block move 2) Street move
3) Delete 4) All of the above
Ques. : 463 A group of related items/section of program oding treated as a unit is referred as
1) Block 2) Duplex
3) Street 1 4) All of the above
Ques. : 464 BLOB is

1) Binary Large Object 2) A long bit string representing complex data
3) Object oriented language 4) Only 1. and 2. are true
Ques. : 465 Broadband channel is the

1) The fastest carriers where data transfer rates is 2) The slower carriers where data transfer rates is
of 1 million baud (bits/second) or more of 56k baud
3) Musical channel 4) All of the above
Ques. : 466 What is the full form of CRT?

1) current ray tube 2) current ray technology
3) cathode ray tube 4) cathode ray technology
Ques. : 467 What do you call the rules of a programming language?

1) Procedures 2) Login
3) Assembly 4) Syntax
Ques. : 468 ____ transforms one interface into another interface

1) Program 2) Software
3) Data 4) compiler
Ques. : 469 Poor response times are usually caused by

1) Process busy 2) High I/O rates
3) High paging rates 4) Any of the above
Ques. : 470 Which of the following program is not a utility?

1) Debugger 2) Editor
3) Spooler 4) all of the above
Ques. : 471 System software are of two types operating systems and
1) applications 2) word processing
3) language trans 4) all of the above
Ques. : 472 Debugging tools are there to debug errors in

1) printers 2) keyboards
3) programs 4) language
Ques. : 473 There are two basic types of disks-floppy disk and
1) low disk 2) hard disk
3) soft disk 4) all of the above
Ques. : 474 It is a collection of facts and figures

1) data 2) information
3) processing 4) file
Ques. : 475 It converts accepted instructions into machine language

1) input unit 2) output unit
3) processing unit 4) memory unit
Ques. : 476 The internet is

2) An internal communication system for a
1) A large network of networks
Business
3) A communication system for the Indian
4) All of the above
Government
Ques. : 477 What is a backup?

1) Restoring the information backup 2) An exact copy of a system’s information
3) The ability to get a system up and running In the
4) All of the above
event of a system crash or failure
Ques. : 478 There are viruses that are triggered by the Passage of time or on a certain date
1) Boot-sector viruses 2) Macro viruses
3) Time bombs 4) Worms
Ques. : 479 in making a field this property show that it Cannot be left blank
1) Numeric 2) Required
3) Calculated 4) Validated
Ques. : 480 Which of the following is NOT a type of Broadband internet connection?
1) Cable 2) DSL
3) Dial-up 4) Satellite
Ques. : 481 IEEE has defined the specifications for a wireless LAN, called _______, which covers the physical and data
link layers.
1) IEEE 802.3 2) IEEE 802.5
3) IEEE 802.11 4) IEEE 802.2
Ques. : 482 In IEEE 802.11, a ___ is made of stationary or mobile wireless stations and an optional central base station,
known as the access point (AP).
1) ESS 2) BSS
3) CSS 4) all of the above
Ques. : 483 In IEEE 802.11, a BSS without an AP is called an _________.

1) an ad hoc architecture 2) an infrastructure network
3) client server network 4) either a or b
Ques. : 484 In IEEE 802.11, communication between two stations in two different BSSs usually occurs via two
________.
1) BSSs 2) ESSs
3) APs 4) all of the above
Ques. : 485 In IEEE 802.11, a station with ________ mobility is either stationary (not moving) or moving only inside a
BSS.
1) no-transition 2) BSS-transition
3) ESS-transition 4) all of the above
Ques. : 486 It converts accepted instructions into machine language

1) input unit 2) output unit
3) processing unit 4) memory unit
Ques. : 487 By default the bottom margin in the word document is

1) 2 inch 2) 1 inch
3) 3 inch 4) 1.5 inch
Ques. : 488 A file name cannot contain in MS-Word database file

1) a letter 2) number
3) underscore 4) space
Ques. : 489 Selection of text involves only

1) single word 2) line or multiple lines
3) paragraph or paragraphs and complete
4) All of the above
document
Ques. : 490 ‘Replace’ option is available in

1) Edit menu 2) File menu
3) Tools menu 4) Insert menu
Ques. : 491 The purpose of the primary key in a database is to

1) Unlock the database 2) Provide a map of the data
3) Uniquely identify a record 4) Establish constraints on database operations
Ques. : 492 The instructions that tell a computer how to carry out the processing tasks are referred to as computer
1) Programs 2) Processors
3) Input devices 4) Memory modules
Ques. : 493 The ________________ is the amount of data that a storage device can move from the storage medium to
the computer per second.
1) Data migration rate 2) Data digitizing rate
3) Data transfer rate 4) Data access rate
Ques. : 494 C, BASIC, COBOL and Java examples of _languages.

1) Low-level 2) Computer
3) System programming 4) High-level
Ques. : 495 A______________ is a microprocessor-based computing device.

1) Personal computer 2) Mainframe
3) Workstation 4) Server
Ques. : 496 What type of network is commonly used in a college lab environment?
1) WAN 2) MAN
3) LAN 4) CAN

1) T1 2) T2
3) T3 4) DS3
Ques. : 500 What type of network device allows you to share your connection to the Internet with other computers in your
home?
1) Ethernet card 2) NIC
3) Router 4) Cat 5
Ques. : 501 To open a new file in MS-Word, the shortcut key is

1) Ctrl + X 2) Ctrl + N
3) Ctrl + Y 4) Ctrl + V
Ques. : 502 What is the term used for the word processing programs that show you directly on the PC screen the
appearance of your final document as you might expect on the paper?
1) Search & Replace 2) Pagination
3) Soft Copy 4) WYSIWYG
Ques. : 503 Alignment buttons are available on which toolbar?
1) Status 2) Standard
3) Formatting 4) a and b
Ques. : 504 Which of the following is not an option of edit menu?

1) Cut 2) Copy
3) Paste 4) Page setup
Ques. : 505 A file name cannot contain in MS-Word database file

1) a letter 2) number
3) underscore 4) space
Ques. : 508 A __________ is very good at accepting written input

1) pen 2) stylus
3) tablet PC 4) mouse
Ques. : 509 The pattern of printed lines on most products are called __________.
1) prices 2) barcodes
3) scanners 4) OCR
Ques. : 510 To convert paper into an editable document, a scanner would employ __________ technology.
1) UPC 2) scanning
3) conversion 4) OCR
Ques. : 511 To place your image into a live video conference, a __________ is usually used.
1) webcam 2) digital camera
3) video camera 4) scanner
Ques. : 512 Speech recognition programs must eliminate __________ before they can successfully recognize the
spoken sounds.
1) jargon 2) dialects
3) accents 4) background noise
Ques. : 513 There are three sampling methods: __________.

1) quantized, sampled, and ideal 2) ideal, sampled, and flat-top
3) ideal, natural, and flat-top 4) all of the above
Ques. : 514 ______ finds the value of the signal amplitude for each sample; ____ finds the change from the previous
sample.
1) DM; PCM 2) PCM; DM
3) DM; CM 4) all of the above
Ques. : 515 The first step in PCM is ________.

1) quantization 2) modulation
3) sampling 4) all of the above
Ques. : 516 What is the name of the series of Laptop computers manufactured by IBM called?
1) LapPad 2) ThinkPad
3) Aptiva 4) Notepad
Ques. : 517 What is the name of the 64-bit Microprocessor developed by AMD?
1) Opteron 2) RISC-9000
3) iMac 4) Athlon
Ques. : 518 Which computer peripheral manufacturer quotes “Empowering your PC”?
1) Canon 2) Epson
3) Mercury 4) Samsung
Ques. : 519 Nortel is a company which manufactures:

1) Software 2) Processors
3) Cables 4) Network equipment
Ques. : 520 Data (information) is stored in computers as

1) Files 2) Directories
3) Floppies 4) Matter
Ques. : 521 Page stealing

1) Is a sign of an efficient system 2) Is taking page frames from other working sets
4) Is taking larger disk spaces for pages paged
3) Should be the tuning goal
out
Ques. : 522 The processing of an application takes place between a client and a ____ processor.
1) Front end 2) Back end
3) Middle end 4) Both A and B
Ques. : 523 The____ is not formal enough to be implemented directly in a programming language.
1) Object oriented data model 2) ER model

3) Object oriented model 4) Analysis model
Ques. : 524 Which of the following device can store large amounts of data?
1) Floppy Disk 2) Hard Disk
3) CDROM 4) Zip Disk
Ques. : 525 Which of the following is not a valid capacity of a floppy disk?
1) 360KB 2) 720KB
3) 1.24 MB 4) 1.44 MB
Ques. : 526 Which of the following device is used only in LAN (Local Area Network)?
1) Gateway 2) Modem
3) NIC 4) Router
Ques. : 527 Which program can be used for email?

1) Internet Explorer 2) Outlook Express
3) NetMeeting 4) FrontPage
Ques. : 528 ………… cable carries signals in the form of fluctuating light in a glass.
1) Coaxial 2) Twisted pair
3) Two wire open line 4) Fiber optics
Ques. : 529 _______ is used for scanning the pictures and putting them in digitized form in the computer.
1) CD-ROM 2) Plotter
3) Bar-coder 4) Scanner
Ques. : 530 Which statement is valid?

1) 1 KB = 8 bytes 2) 1 MB = 8 KB
3) 1 KB = 1024 bytes 4) 1 MB = 1024 bytes
Ques. : 531 Bit stuffing means adding an extra 0 to the data section of the frame when there is a sequence of bits with
the same pattern as the ________.
1) header 2) trailer
3) flag 4) All the above
Ques. : 532 . _______ control refers to a set of procedures used to restrict the amount of data that the sender can send
before waiting for acknowledgment.
1) Flow 2) Error
3) Transmission 4) All the above
Ques. : 533 The Simplest Protocol and the Stop-and-Wait Protocol are for ______ channels.
1) noisy 2) noiseless
3) error free 4) either (a) or (b)
5) neither (a) nor (b) Ans.) 2
Ques. : 534 . In Go-Back-N ARQ, if frames 4, 5, and 6 are received successfully, the receiver may send an ACK _______
to the sender.
1) 5 2) 6
3) 7 4) 8
Ques. : 535 In a Go-Back-N ARQ, if the window size is 63, what is the range of sequence numbers?
1) 0 to 63 2) 0 to 64
3) 1 to 63 4) 1 to 64
Ques. : 536 On receiving an interrupt from an I/O device, the CPU

2) branches off to the interrupt service routine after
1) halts for predetermined time
completion of the current instruction
3) hands over control of address bus and data 4) branches off to the interrupt service routine
bus to the interrupting device. immediately.
Ques. : 537 Data security threats include

1) privacy invasion 2) hardware failure
3) fraudulent manipulation of data 4) encryption and decryption
Ques. : 538 Dijkestra banking algorithm in an operating system, solves the problem of
1) deadlock avoidance 2) deadlock recovery
3) mutual exclusion 4) context switching
Ques. : 539 The amount of uncertainty in a system of symbol is called

1) Bandwidth 2) Entropy
3) Loss 4) Quantum
Ques. : 540 Main aim of software engineering is to produce

1) program 2) software
3) within budget 4) software within budget in the given schedule
Ques. : 541 When the angle of incidence is _______ the critical angle, the light beam bends along the interface
1) more than 2) less than
3) equal to 4) all of above
Ques. : 542 Signals with a frequency below 2 MHz use _______ propagation
1) ground 2) sky
3) line-of-sight 4) all of above
Ques. : 543 Signals with a frequency between 2 MHz and 30 MHz use ______ propagation
1) ground 2) sky
Ques. : 544 Signals with a frequency above 30 MHz use _______propagation

1) ground 2) sky
Ques. : 545 A parabolic dish antenna is a(n) _______ antenna.

1) omnidirectional 2) bidirectional
3) unidirectional 4) horn
Ques. : 546 The ________ layer is responsible for the process-to-process delivery of the entire message.
1) transport 2) network
3) data link 4) physical
Ques. : 547 The ______ layer establishes, maintains, and synchronizes the interactions between communicating
devices.
3) session 4) physical
Ques. : 548 The _______ layer ensures interoperability between communicating devices through transformation of data
into a mutually agreed upon format.
3) data link 4) presentation
Ques. : 549 The _________ layer enables the users to access the network.
1) transport 2) application
Ques. : 550 TCP/IP is a ______ hierarchical protocol suite developed ____ the OSI model.
1) seven-layer; before 2) five-layer; before
3) six-layer; before 4) five-layer; after
Ques. : 551 Data Warehouse provides

2) Storage, Functionality Responsiveness to
1) Transaction Responsiveness
queries
3) Demand and supply Responsiveness 4) All the above
Ques. : 552 CPU does not perform the operation

1) data transfer 2) logic operation
3) arithmetic operation 4) all of the above
Ques. : 553 Start and stop bits are used in serial communications for
1) Error detection 2) Error correction
3) Synchronization 4) Slowing down the communication
Ques. : 554 Design recovery from source code is done during

1) reverse engineering 2) re-engineering
3) reuse 4) all of the above
Ques. : 555 Hub is a term used with

1) A Star Networks 2) A Ring Networks
3) A Router 4) A Bridge
Ques. : 556 While there is (are) only _____ way(s) to send parallel data, there is (are) three subclass(es) of serial
transmission.
1) one; two 2) two; three
3) one; three 4) all of the above
Ques. : 557 . In ______ transmission, we send 1 start bit (0) at the beginning and 1 or more stop bits (1s) at the end of
each byte.
1) synchronous 2) asynchronous
3) isochronous 4) all of the above
Ques. : 558 In _____, the level of the voltage determines the value of the bit.
1) NRZ-I 2) NRZ-L
3) TNL-L 4) both (a) and (b)
5) neither (a) nor (b) Ans.) 2
Ques. : 559 In _______encoding, we use three levels: positive, zero, and negative.
1) unipolar 2) bipolar
3) polar 4) all of the above
Ques. : 560 _______ encoding has a transition at the beginning of each 0 bit.
1) RZ 2) Manchester
3) Differential Manchester 4) all of the above
Ques. : 561 ________ is the process of converting digital data to a digital signal.
1) Block coding 2) Line coding
3) Scrambling 4) all of the above
Ques. : 562 ________ provides synchronization without increasing the number of bits.
1) Scrambling 2) Line coding
3) Block coding 4) all of the above
Ques. : 563 ASK, PSK, FSK, and QAM are examples of ________ conversion.
1) digital-to-digital 2) digital-to-analog
3) analog-to-analog 4) analog-to-digital
Ques. : 564 The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) allows ______kHz for each AM station.
1) 5 2) 10
3) 20 4) 25
Ques. : 565 Which of the following is not an analog-to-analog conversion?

1) AM 2) PM
3) FM 4) QAM
Ques. : 566 . A __________ is anything that can cause harm.

1) vulnerability 2) phish
3) phish 4) threat
Ques. : 567 In the right setting a thief will steal your information by simply watching what you type.
Ques. : 568 A __________ is a small program embedded inside of a GIF image.

1) web bug 2) cookie
3) spyware application 4) spam
Ques. : 569 A hacker contacts you my phone or email and attempts to acquire your password
Ques. : 570 The phrase __________ describes viruses, worms, Trojan horse attack applets, and attack scripts.
1) malware 2) spam
3) phish 4) virus
Ques. : 571 If a process is under statistical control, then it is

1) Maintainable 2) Measurable
3) Predictable 4) Verifiable
Ques. : 572 In which circuit switching, delivery of data is delayed because data must be stored and retrieved from RAM ?
1) Space division 2) Time division
3) Virtual 4) Packet
Ques. : 573 Which command is the fastest among the following ?

1) COPY TO 2) COPY STRUCTURE TO
3) COPY FILE 4) COPY TO MFILE-DA T DELIMITED
Ques. : 574 Leaves of which of the following trees are at the same level ?
1) Binary tree 2) B-tree
3) A VL-tree 4) Expression tree
Ques. : 575 The baud rate is

2) equal to twice the bandwidth of an ideal
1) always equal to the bit transfer rate
channel
4) equal to half of the bandwidth of an ideal
3) not equal to the signalling rate
channel
Ques. : 576 Which of the following file transfer protocols use TCP and establishes two virtual circuits between the local
and remote server ?
1) FTP 2) TFTP
3) TELNET 4) NFS
Ques. : 577 Networks that use different technologies can be connected by using
1) Packets 2) Switches
3) Bridges 4) Routers
Ques. : 578 What deletes the entire file except the file structure ?
1) ERASE 2) DELETE
3) ZAP 4) PACK
Ques. : 579 Which of the following is the process by which a user’s access to physical data in the application is limited,
based on his privileges ?
1) Authorization 2) Authentication
3) Access Control 4) All of these
Ques. : 580 If the executing program size is greater than the existing RAM of a computer, it is still possible to execute the
program if the OS supports:
1) Multitasking 2) virtual memory
3) paging system 4) all of the above
Ques. : 581 An example of a universal building block is :

1) EX-OR Gate 2) AND Gate
3) OR gate 4) NOR Gate
Ques. : 582 An example of a layer that is absent in broadcast networks is

1) Physical layer 2) Presentation layer
3) Network layer 4) application layer
Ques. : 583 The ATM cell is :

1) 48 bytes long 2) 53 bytes long
3) 64 bytes long 4) 69 bytes long
Ques. : 584 Congestion control is done by

1) Network layer 2) Physical layer
3) Presentation layer 4) Application layer
Ques. : 585 IP address in B class is given by:

1) 125.123.123.2 2) 191.023.21.54
3) 192.128.32.56 4) 10.14.12.34
Ques. : 586 Black box testing is done

1) To show that s/w is operational at its interfaces
2) To examine internal details of code
i.e. input and output.
3) At client side 4) all of the above
Ques. : 587 The unix command used to find out the number of characters in a file is
1) nc 2) wc
3) chcnt 4) lc
Ques. : 588 A program is located in the smallest available hole in the memory is ______________
1) best-fit 2) first-bit
3) worst-fit 4) buddy
Ques. : 589 A page fault

2) is an access to the page not currently in

1) is an error specific page
memory
3) occur when a page program occur in a page
4) page used in the previous page reference
memory
Ques. : 590 In the process management Round-robin method is essentially the pre-emptive version of
_______________.
1) FILO 2) FIFO
3) SSF 4) Longest time first
Ques. : 591 The TCP/IP _______ layer is equivalent to the combined session, presentation, and application layers of the
OSI model.
1) application 2) network

1) T1 2) T2
3) T3 4) DS3
Ques. : 595 What is another name for a shared network?

1) WAP 2) Switch
3) Broadband router 4) Hub
Ques. : 596 Which of the following concepts means determining at runtime what method to invoke?
1) Data hiding 2) Dynamic Typing
3) Dynamic loading 4) Dynamic binding
Ques. : 597 Which of the following term is used for a function defined inside a class?
1) Member Variable 2) Member function
3) Classic function 4) Class function
Ques. : 598 Which of the following concepts of OOPS means exposing only necessary information to client?
1) Encapsulation 2) Abstraction
3) Data binding 4) Data hiding
Ques. : 599 Which of the following is an abstract data type?
1) int 2) double
3) string 4) Class
Ques. : 600 Which of the following concepts means adding new components to a program as it runs?
1) Data hiding 2) Dynamic typing
3) Dynamic loading 4) Dynamic binding
Ques. : 601 How "Late binding" is implemented in C++?

1) Using C++ tables 2) Using Virtual tables
3) Using Indexed virtual tables 4) Using polymorphic tables

Ques. : 602 Which of the following cannot be used with the keyword virtual?
1) class 2) member functions
3) constructor 4) destructor
Ques. : 603 Which one of the following options is correct about the statement given below? The compiler checks the type
of reference in the object and not the type of object.
1) Inheritance 2) Polymorphism
3) Abstraction 4) Encapsulation
Ques. : 604 Which of the following concepts is used to implement late binding?
1) Virtual function 2) Operator function
3) Const function 4) Static function
Ques. : 605 Which of the following is a mechanism of static polymorphism?

1) Operator overloading 2) Function overloading
3) Templates 4) All of the above
Ques. : 606 What term is used to identify people coming together from various geographical locations to complete some
task?
1) I-team 2) Virtual team
3) Online work group 4) Distributed team

1) CTO 2) CSO
3) CIO 4) CPO
1) Knowledge based systems 2) Strategic information systems
3) Enterprise resource planning systems 4) Management information systems
Ques. : 611 Which of the following problem causes an exception?
1) Missing semicolon in statement in main(). 2) A problem in calling function

3) A syntax error 4) A run-time error.
Ques. : 612 What happens if the base and derived class contains definition of a function with same prototype?
2) Only base class function will get called
1) Compiler reports an error on compilation
irrespective of object
4) Base class object will call base class function
3) Only derived class function will get called
and derived class object will call derived class
irrespective of object.
function.
Ques. : 613 In which of the following a virtual call is resolved at the time of compilation?
1) From inside the destructor. 2) From inside the constructor
3) From inside the main(). 4) Both A and B.
Ques. : 614 Which inheritance type is used in the class given below? class A : public X, public Y {}
1) Multilevel inheritance 2) Multiple inheritance
3) Hybrid inheritance 4) Hierarchical Inheritance
Ques. : 615 Which of the following is an invalid visibility label while inheriting a class?
1) public 2) private
3) protected 4) friend
Ques. : 616 Start and stop bits are used in serial communications for
1) Error detection 2) Error correction
3) Synchronization 4) Slowing down the communication
Ques. : 617 For a data entry project for office staff who have never used computers before (user interface and user-
friendliness are extremely important), one will use
1) Spiral model 2) Component based model
3) Prototyping 4) Waterfall model
Ques. : 618 The amount of uncertainty in a system of symbol is called

1) Bandwidth 2) Entropy
3) Loss 4) Quantum
Ques. : 619 Identify the incorrect statement

2) Data warehousing in an E-Commerce
1) The overall strategy drives the E-Commerce
environment should be done in a classical
data warehousing strategy
manner
3) E-Commerce opens up an entirely new world of 4) E-Commerce security threats can be grouped
web server. into three major categories
Ques. : 620 ______ is not an E-Commerce application
1) House banking 2) Buying stocks

3) Conducting an auction 4) Evaluating an employee
Ques. : 621 A thread is a light weight process. In the above statement, weight refers to
1) time 2) number of resources
3) speed 4) all of the above
Ques. : 622 Everything below the system call interface and above the physical hardware is known as
1) Kernel 2) Bus
3) Shell 4) Stub
Ques. : 623 When a programming Language has the capacity to produce new datatype, it is called as
1) Overloaded Language 2) Extensible Language
3) Encapsulated Language 4) Abstraction Language
Ques. : 624 Which of the following operating system is better for implementing client-server network
1) Windows 95 2) Windows 98
3) Windows 2000 4) All of these
Ques. : 625 Functions defined with class name are called as

1) Inline function 2) Friend function
3) Constructor 4) Static function
Ques. : 626 The United States is divided into many _______.

1) LECs 2) LATAs
3) IXCs 4) All the above
Ques. : 627 The carrier that handles intra-LATA services is called a(n) _____ .
1) POP 2) IXC
3) LEC 4) All the above
Ques. : 628 The carrier that handles inter-LATA services is called a(n) _______.
1) POP 2) IXC
3) LEC 4) all of the above
Ques. : 629 In ______signaling, the same circuit is used for both signaling and data.
1) in-band 2) out-of-band
3) mixed 4) All the above
Ques. : 630 . In ________signaling, a portion of the bandwidth is used for signaling and another portion for data.
1) in-band 2) out-of-band
3) mixed 4) All the above
Ques. : 631 In _____ coding, we divide our message into blocks, each of k bits, called ___.
1) block; blockwords 2) linear; datawords
3) block; datawords 4) All the above
Ques. : 632 We add r redundant bits to each block to make the length n = k + r. The resulting n-bit blocks are called
_________.
1) datawords 2) blockwords
3) codewords 4) All the above
Ques. : 633 The ________ between two words is the number of differences between corresponding bits.
1) Hamming code 2) Hamming distance
3) Hamming rule 4) All the above
Ques. : 634 To guarantee the detection of up to 5 errors in all cases, the minimum Hamming distance in a block code
must be _______.
1) 5 2) 6
3) 11 4) All the above
Ques. : 635 To guarantee correction of up to 5 errors in all cases, the minimum Hamming distance in a block code must
be ________.
1) 5 2) 6
3) 11 4) All the above
Ques. : 636 . ________ is a type of transmission impairment in which the signal loses strength due to the different
propagation speeds of each frequency that makes up the signal.
3) Noise 4) Decibel
Ques. : 637 ________ is a type of transmission impairment in which an outside source such as crosstalk corrupts a
signal.
3) Noise 4) Decibel
Ques. : 638 When propagation speed is multiplied by propagation time, we get the ________.
1) throughput 2) wavelength of the signal
3) distortion factor 4) distance a signal or bit has traveled
Ques. : 639 Given two sine waves A and B, if the frequency of A is twice that of B, then the period of B is ________ that of
A.
1) one-half 2) twice
3) the same as 4) indeterminate from
Ques. : 640 A sine wave is ________.

1) periodic and continuous 2) aperiodic and continuous
3) periodic and discrete 4) aperiodic and discrete
Ques. : 641 A ________ switch is a multistage switch with microswitches at each stage that route the packets based on
the output port represented as a binary string.
1) crossbar 2) TSI
3) banyan 4) all of the above
Ques. : 642 In a banyan switch, for 8 inputs and 8 outputs, we have _____ stages.
1) 8 2) 4
3) 3 4) 2
Ques. : 643 A ________ switch combines space-division and time-division technologies to take advantage of the best of
both.
1) TST 2) SSS
3) TTT 4) all of the above
Ques. : 644 The most popular technology in time-division switching is called the _________.
1) STI 2) ITS
3) TSI 4) all of the above
Ques. : 645 Based on the Clos criteria, if N = 200, then n must be equal to or greater than ____.
1) 10 2) 20
3) 30 4) 40
Ques. : 646 The largest portion of the bandwidth for ADSL carries _______.
1) voice communication 2) upstream data
3) downstream data 4) control data
Ques. : 647 _______ was designed as an alternative to the T-1 line.

1) VDSL 2) ADSL
3) SDSL 4) HDSL
Ques. : 648 HDSL encodes data using _______.
1) 4B/5B 2) 2B1Q
3) 1B2Q 4) 6B/8T
Ques. : 649 Another name for the cable TV office is the _______.
1) splitter 2) fiber node
3) combiner 4) head end
Ques. : 650 A traditional cable TV network transmits signals ______.

1) upstream 2) downstream
3) upstream and downstream 4) all of the above
Ques. : 651 What term is used to describe two or more computers that are linked to each other?
1) Star connection 2) Computer system
3) Computer network 4) Net
Ques. : 652 What interface card do you need to connect to a network?

1) ISP card 2) Wireless card
3) Router 4) NIC
Ques. : 653 Which of the following is not described as a typical network classification?
1) Local area network 2) Wide area network
3) Metropolitan area network 4) County area network
Ques. : 654 What type of network device allows you to share your connection to the Internet with other computers in your
home?
1) Ethernet card 2) NIC
3) Router 4) Cat 5
Ques. : 655 What is another name for a shared network?

1) WAP 2) Switch
3) Broadband router 4) Hub
Ques. : 656 How do you save changes to a PowerPoint presentation?

1) Pull down the File menu and click the Save
2) Click the Save button on the Standard toolbar
command
3) click on titel bar 4) Either (a) and (b)
Ques. : 657 Which of the following can be printed in support of a PowerPoint presentation?
1) Audience handouts 2) Notes
3) An outline 4) All the above
Ques. : 658 Which toolbars are typically displayed in the Normal view?
1) The Standard toolbar 2) The Formatting toolbar
3) The Drawing toolbar 4) All of the above

Ques. : 659 Ctrl+Home and Ctrl+End are keyboard shortcuts that move to the beginning or end of the presentation in the:
1) Outline view 2) Slide Sorter view
3) insert view 4) Neither (a) nor (b)
Ques. : 660 Which menu contains the commands to save the current presentation, or to open a previously saved
presentation?
1) The Tools menu 2) The File menu
3) The View menu 4) The Edit menu
Ques. : 661 A ______________ is a group of two or more computer systems linked together to exchange data and
share resources such as printers
1) wireless network adapter 2) Network
3) Node 4) Port
Ques. : 662 An expansion board that provides the electronic components to make a connection between a computer and
a network is called a ______________.
1) collective network 2) logical address
3) network interface card (NIC) 4) wide area network
Ques. : 663 A USB communication device that supports data encryption for secure wireless communication for
1) campus area network (CAN) 2) wide area network (WAN)
3) wireless LAN 4) metropolitan area network (MAN)
Ques. : 664 A typical university or corporate LAN that includes one or more servers and clients is called a
__________________.
1) peer-to-peer network 2) wireless LAN
3) security hierarchy 4) client/server network
Ques. : 665 __________________defines how one Internet-connected computer can contact another to exchange
control and confirmation messages
1) WAN switching rules 2) Internet rules
3) Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) 4) Internet Protocol (IP)
Ques. : 666 ____________________ such as AT&T, NCI, Sprint, BBN, and UUNET maintain the Internet backbone.
1) Telephone companies 2) Communications companies
3) Network service providers 4) Cyberspace companies
Ques. : 667 The ___________________ layer manages the assembling of a message or file into smaller packets that
are transmitted over the Internet.
1) Internet backbone 2) Internet interoperability
3) Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) 4) Internet Protocol (IP)
Ques. : 668 Documents of the Web that are transported over the Internet are called ____________________.
1) Web pages 2) HTML pages
3) Web sites 4) Hypertext links
Ques. : 669 Internet Explorer and Safari are examples of ________________.

1) Web pages 2) Web browsers
3) Web servers 4) Web sites
Ques. : 670 A(n) _______________________ is a numerical identification and logical address that is assigned to
devices participating in a computer network
1) top-level domain (TLD) name 2) path
3) domain name 4) Internet Protocol address (IP address)
Ques. : 671 Wired home networks typically use Cat-5 or Cat-6 Ethernet cables or a home's ____________________ to
connect network devices.
1) water pipes 2) electrical wiring
3) telephone system 4) smartphones
Ques. : 672 Optimized for dial-up connections over noisy telephone lines, the oldest packet-switching protocol for WAN
usage, called _______________, is still widely used.
1) Cat-5 2) X.25
3) Cat-6 4) Ethernet
Ques. : 673 ___________________ is the method used in public switched telephone systems where there is a direct
connection between communicating devices.
1) Transaction acquisition 2) Internet protocol
3) Circuit switching 4) Packet switching
Ques. : 674 _________________ broadcast radio waves that can be picked up by anyone using the correct
configuration.
1) Campus area networks (CAN) 2) Broadband networks
3) Wireless networks 4) Wide area networks (WAN)
Ques. : 675 A(n) _______________________ is a microchip that contains the circuitry to convert an analog signal into a
digital signal.
1) communications channel 2) analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
3) Codec 4) digital-to-analog converter (DAC)
Ques. : 676 ______________________ is a technique that is used to send more than one call over a single line.
1) Multiplexing 2) Infrared transmission
3) Streaming 4) Digital transmission
Ques. : 677 The leading provider of ________________ is the local cable TV company.
1) broadband 2) digital telephone access
3) coaxial cable 4) digital subscriber lines

Ques. : 678 ADSL, SDSL, HDSL, and VDSL are examples of different types of _______________________.
1) digital subscriber lines 2) digital modems
3) cable-based broadband 4) subscriber loop carriers
Ques. : 679 ______________________ is the process that transforms data such as voice, text, graphics, audio, and
video into digital form.
1) Wireless data transmission 2) Digitization
3) Convergence 4) Analog transfer
Ques. : 680 ____________________ refers to an individual's ability to restrict or eliminate the collection, use, and sale
of confidential personal information.
1) Privacy 2) Bill of Rights for Social Network Users
3) Identity theft 4) Ethics
Ques. : 681 The leading provider of ________________ is the local cable TV company.
1) broadband 2) digital telephone access
3) coaxial cable 4) digital subscriber lines
Ques. : 682 A ________________________ is a small, waist-high curbside installation that connects as many as 96
subscriber telephones.
1) subscriber loop carrier (SLC) 2) multiplexing unit
3) virtual private network 4) network access point
Ques. : 683 The __________________ is a digital device capable of handling thousands of calls and is located in the
local telephone company's central office.
1) public switched telephone network (PSTN) 2) microwave relay station
3) internal private branch exchange 4) local exchange switch
Ques. : 684 ADSL, SDSL, HDSL, and VDSL are examples of different types of _______________________.
1) digital subscriber lines 2) digital modems
3) cable-based broadband 4) subscriber loop carriers
Ques. : 685 _____________________ refers to an individual's ability to restrict or eliminate the collection, use, and sale
of confidential personal information.
1) Privacy 2) Bill of Rights for Social Network Users
3) Identity theft 4) Ethics
Ques. : 686 In a survey, employers ranked __________________ third, right below communication skills and analytical
ability.
1) people skills 2) Internet skills
3) computer literacy 4) hard skills
Ques. : 687 A(n) ______________________ is a computer program that scans resumes and is set to locate keywords.
1) information system 2) Web interview
3) Web conference 4) application tracking system (ATS)
Ques. : 688 Computer-related __________________ are typically presented by the developer of a new hardware or
software product or by a company specializing in training IT professionals in a new technology.
1) systems engineering 2) training seminars
3) online systems 4) trade shows
Ques. : 689 Not only are computer literacy skills important in most jobs today and near the top of the list of employment
requirements, but they are also essential in the _______________________.
1) job search 2) Web interview
3) information systems division 4) Web conference
Ques. : 690 ____________________ is a very broad discipline with applications in almost every other discipline
imaginable.
1) Technology science 2) Computer science
3) Information science 4) Electrical engineering
Ques. : 691 Microsoft Access and MySQL are examples of ________________________.

1) multidimensional databases 2) database management systems (DBMSs)
3) file management programs 4) data warehouses
Ques. : 692 _____________ is a technique in which managers are able to view information in a data warehouse and
focus their attention on a specific data element.
1) Analytical research 2) Drill down
3) MDX querying 4) SQL
Ques. : 693 A(n) _____________________ is a system that includes the collection of people, hardware, software, data
records, and activities that process the data and information in an organization.
1) traditional organization structure 2) information functional unit
3) information system 4) data mart
Ques. : 694 A ___________________________ handles an organization's day-to-day accounting needs; keeping a

verifiable record of every transaction involving money, including purchases, sales, and payroll payments.
1) transactional processing system (TPS) 2) financial support system (FSS)
3) decision support system (DSS) 4) business processing system (BPS)
Ques. : 695 _______________________ occurs when too much information is provided making processing,
absorbing, and validating difficult.
1) Database integration 2) Database integration

3) Nonfunctional information 4) Query integration
Ques. : 696 A(n) _________________ is a collection of related data that is organized in a manner that makes it easy to
access, manage, update, group, and summarize.
1) knowledge base 2) data warehouse
3) information system 4) database
Ques. : 697 A ___________________ is a descriptive label that helps identify the type of content to be entered into a
field.
1) data file 2) field name
3) data type 4) query
Ques. : 698 A __________, or data file, is a collection of related records.

1) flat file 2) primary key
3) record 4) table
Ques. : 699 _____________________ means that the data is separate from the applications and that changes in data
do not require changes in the structure of forms, reports, or programs access the databases.
1) Data independence 2) Data consistency
3) Validation 4) Data integrity
Ques. : 700 ___________________ means that the data stored in a database shouldn't be accessible to people who
might misuse it.
1) Data independence 2) Data security
3) Data redundancy 4) Data maintenance
Ques. : 701 A(n) ______________________ is a set of programs designed to manage the resources or a computer,
including starting the computer, managing programs, managing memory, and coordinating tasks between input and
output devices
1) application suite 2) Interface
3) operating system (OS) 4) input/output system
Ques. : 702 The ____________ is the central part of the OS that consists of instructions that control the actions the OS
uses most frequently.
1) profile 2) bios
3) kernel 4) booting
Ques. : 703 _________________ memory is storage that is very fast but released when the power goes off.
1) Registry 2) Volatile
3) Kernal 4) Booting
Ques. : 704 A database, called the _________________, stores configuration information about installed peripherals
and software.
1) BIOS 2) profile
3) registry 4) boot sector
Ques. : 705 A(n) ___________________ consists of a username, password, and storage space called a user folder or
user directory.
1) account 2) swap file
3) buffer 4) authentication
Ques. : 706 The most popular general-purpose applications are ___________________.

1) application features. 2) multimedia programs.
3) productivity programs. 4) Internet applications.
Ques. : 707 Features within the application window include the ______________, the document, the title bar, and the
three window control buttons.
1) browser 2) minimize button
3) shared office interface 4) application workspace
Ques. : 708 _________________ appear on the scroll bar and can be clicked to scroll the document line by line.
1) Contextual tabs 2) Windows borders
3) Scroll arrows 4) Restore down buttons
Ques. : 709 Common command sequences are instructions that open an application, _________________, close a
document, and close an application.
1) group icons 2) save a document
3) automatically wrap text 4) access the toolbar
Ques. : 710 Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint are the programs in _________________.
1) Internet browser 2) common interface
3) Open Office 4) Microsoft Office 2010
BANK KING
CONCISE MARKETING
STUDY MATERIAL
We work for humanity not for money because
your happiness is our happiness
www.bankking.in
2015
Written By,
Rahul Rituraj
(Junior Associate in Indian Institute Of Banking)
Edited By,
Vivek Singh
(PAT- Cognizant Technology Solution)
(
H T T P S : / / W W W . F A C E B O O K . C0 O M / G R O U P S / B A N K K I N G . I N
Download Bankking App http://xercesblue.in/download/androidApp.php?id=6
Introduction
 Marketing is an ancient art. Marketing is said to be the eyes and ears of a business
organization, because it keeps the business in close contact with its economic, political,
social and technological environments. In the age of fast changes, marketing is a spring
board of all activities
 Generally speaking, A marketing deals with identifying and meeting human and social
needs through an exchange process. It involves an exchange intended to satisfy human
wants. In economic sense, marketing is the creation of utilities such as form utility, place
utility, time utility and possession utility. In our daily life, we use a number of products.
 Production creates form utility, transportation creates place utility, storage creates time
utility and sales create possession utility.
 Marketing means the business activities that are directing the movement of goods and
services from producer to the ultimate consumers or users. It is the process of transferring
the goods from the point of production o the point of consumption.
 Marketing is a system, which comprises different activities such as product planning,
product pricing, product placing and promotion. It is concerned with all activities
involved in the flow of goods and services from producer to consumer.
 Marketing is the process of providing the right quality products in the right quantity at the
right place and time.
Scope of Marketing
 Study of consumer wants and needs
 Study of Buyer Behavior
 Product planning and development: Product planning and development starts with the
generation of product idea and ends with the development and commercialization of the
product
 Pricing Policies: Pricing means determination of selling price for a product or service.
Pricing decisions are influenced by certain internal and external factors. There are three
pricing policies namely, cost oriented, demand oriented and competition oriented
policies.
 Distribution: Goods are to be distributed at the minimum possible cost, to the largest
number of consumers.
 Promotion: Promotion includes advertising, sales promotion and personal selling.
 Consumer Satisfaction: In the modern world consumer is the king. In other words,
consumer satisfaction is one of the major goals of marketing.
 Marketing Control: Marketing also covers marketing control through marketing audit and
annual reports.
Follow us on facebook: https://www.facebook.com/1bankking1

Features of Traditional Approach
 The objective of traditional marketing was profit maximization

 Traditional marketing was sales - oriented and not consumer oriented.
 It gave emphasis to products.
 It was concerned with the transfer of ownership
 It gave emphasis to physical movement of goods.
Modern Approach of Marketing
"Modern Marketing is a way of life in which all resources of an organization are mobilized to
create, stimulate and satisfy the customer at a profit.
Features of Modern Marketing
 Modern Marketing is consumer oriented.

 Modern Marketing Starts and Ends with the consumer.
 Modern Marketing starts before production.
 Modern Marketing is the guiding element of business
Objectives of Marketing
 Development of marketing field.

 Development of guiding policies and their implementation to good results.
 Overcoming the shortcomings, if any, of the existing marketing system.
 Suggestion of solutions to marketing problems through research.
 Gathering of marketing information through innovative methods.
 Taking appropriate decisions in the course of actions.
 Application of modern marketing policies.
 Increasing consumption and well being of society.
 Cost reduction
 Creation of goodwill
 Ensuring growth
 Improving quality of life
MARKET
Market means a convenient meeting place where sellers and buyers gather together for exchange
of goods. It is a centre about which or an area in which the forces leading to exchange of title of
a particular product operates.
 Market is a place where buying and selling takes place.

 Buyers and sellers come together for transactions
 An organization through which exchange of goods takes place.

 The act of buying and selling of goods to satisfy human wants.

 An area of operation of commercial demand for commodities.
Classification of Markets
Markets have been classified, on the basis of different approaches, in various ways as under.
On the basis of Geographical Area
 Family Market: When exchanges are confined within a family or close members of the
family, such a market is called family market.
 Local Market: When buyers and sellers belong to a local area (say a town or village)
participate in the market, it is called local market. Eg. Market for perishable goods like
fish, vegetables, fruits etc.
 National Market: For certain types of commodities, a country may be regarded as a
market, through the fast development of industrialization. It is called national market. In
the present decade almost all the products have national market. Eg. Market for textile
goods.
 International/World Market: World or International market comes up when buyers and
sellers of goods evolve on world level ie, involvement of buyers and sellers beyond and
boundaries of a nation. Eg. Tea and Pepper market in Cochin, London Stock Exchange
etc.
On the basis of Commodities of Goods.
Commodity Market: It is the market where produced goods or consumption goods are
bought and sold. Commodity markets are of three types:
 Produce Exchange Market: It is an organized market for the buying and selling of
commodities. Such markets deal in one commodity only. eg. wheat exchange market ,
cotton exchange market, etc. This type of market is found only in developed industrial
centers.
 Manufactures goods Market: These markets deal with manufactured goods. Eg:
Leather goods, machinery etc. The leather goods, machinery etc. The leather goods
market of Kanpur, Exchange of Mumbai is examples.
 Bullion Market: This type of market deal with the purchase or sale of gold, silver etc.
Bullion markets of Mumbai, Kolkata, Kanpur etc. are examples.
Capital Market: These are the markets which provide financial assistance to those who are in
need of finance. Capital markets are the markets which borrow and lend money. They are of
three types:

 Money Market: Money market deals with short term funds. These markets help or guide
the public to invest their surplus funds in industrial concerns. London is the world's
biggest money market.
 Foreign Exchange Market: It is an international market. This type of market helps
exporters and importers, in converting their currencies into foreign currencies and vice
versa.
 The Stock Exchange Markets: Stock exchanges are the organized markets for the
purchasing and selling of second-hand listed securities. It is also known as security
market. Stock exchanges of Kolkatta, Chennai etc. are examples.
On the basis of Economics
Perfect Market: A market is said to be perfect market if it satisfies the following conditions.
 Large number of buyers and sellers.
 prices should be uniform throughout the market.
 buyers and sellers have a perfect knowledge of markets.
 goods can be moved from one place to another without restrictions. It is to be noted that
such type of marketsare rarely found.
Imperfect Market : A market is said to be imperfect when:

 products are similar but not identical
 prices are not uniform
 there is lack of communications
 there are restrictions on the movements of goods.
On the basis of Transaction
 Spot Market: In such a market goods are exchanged and physical delivery of goods take
place immediately.
 Future Market: In such a market contracts are made but physical delivery of goods take
place only on a future date. The dealing and settlement take place on different dates.
On the basis of Regulation
 Regulated Markets: These are markets which are organized, controlled and regulated by
statutory measures. Examples, stock exchanges.
 Unregulated Markets: These are free markets. There is no control with regard to price,
quality, commission etc. Demand and supply determine the price of goods. Example,
indigenous markets.
On the basis of Time

 Very short period market: Market which deals in perishable goods like fruits,
vegetables, fish etc. are called 'very short period market'. There is no change in the supply
of goods and price is determined on the basis of demand.
 Short period market: When sufficient time is not available for adjusting supply of
goods with the demand, it is known as short period market.
On the basis of Volume of business
 Whole sale Market: In wholesale markets goods are supplied in bulk quantities to
dealers.
 Retail Market: In retail markets goods are sold in small quantities directly to the users or
consumers.
On the basis of Importance
 Primary Market: The producers of farm products sell their produces through this type
of market to consumers or wholesalers. Such markets can be formed in villages and
mostly the products arrive from villages.
 Secondary Market: In this market commodities arrive from other markets and the
dealings are commonly between wholesalers and retailers or between wholesalers.
 Terminal Market: The ultimate consumer gets the goods from such markets. Here the
final disposal of goods takes place. It is the market for manufactured goods.
Marketing Mix
 Marketing Mix is the policy adopted by the manufacturers to become successful in the
field of marketing.
 Marketing Mix refers to "the combination of all marketing resources and marketing
efforts of an enterprise through which predetermined objectives may be achieved and
maximum satisfaction may be provided to consumers".
 Thus marketing mix is the combination of four elements (4Ps) viz-product mix, place
(distribution) mix, price mix and promotion mix. These elements are taken as the
instruments for market planning. So marketing manager should have thorough knowledge
about the four elements of marketing mix.
Product Mix:
The product itself is the first element in marketing. Product must satisfy the consumer needs. The
management must first decide the products to be produced based on the needs of the consumers.
The product mix combines the physical product, product services, brand and packages. Product
mix covers all ingredients that constitute the right product. The ingredients may be of the shape,
design, style, brand, package, quantity etc. On the basis of marketing information marketers can
take decisions of product addition, modification, deletions etc.

Price Mix
The second element to effect the volume of sales is the price. Price is the exchange value of a
commodity expressed in terms of money. Price is the key element in the marketing mix as it
relates directly to the generation of total sales. It is the amount of sales that determines the profit,
which is the measure of success of a business unit. Price mix is the combination of the decision
variables like pricing objectives, pricing policies, terms of credit, discount and allowances etc.
Place Mix (Distribution system)
Physical distribution is the delivery of products at the right time and at the right place. The
distribution mix is the combination of decision relating to marketing channels, storage facility,
inventory control, location, transportation, warehousing etc.
Promotion Mix
Promotion is basically a communication process. Products may be made known to the

consumers. Firms must undertake promotion work including advertising, sales promotion and
personal selling. The complexities of modern marketing made the promotional activities
significant in marketing. Promotion is the persuasive communication about the products by the
manufacturers to the public. Promotion mix is the combination of decision variables like
advertising, publicity, sales promotion, personal selling and public relations.
The marketing mix is important on the following ways
 Helps in understanding the important tasks of marketing.

 An important tool of marketing programme.
 Promotes better utilization of limited resources.
 An effective tool for problem solving.
 Provides customer satisfaction.
 Helps in goal-achievement
 Facilitates communication.
Factors affecting Marketing Mix
The factors influencing marketing mix are classified into two. They are internal factors and
external factors.
Internal Factors: There are certain factors which can be controlled by the marketing
management. They are called internal factors. Some of them are given below:
 Product Planning: A wise product policy is essential to meet the market demand. The
plan includes introduction of products and modification of products to suit the demand
and elimination of unprofitable lines.

 Price: It deals with price competitions. A reasonable profit is aimed at by the offerer, and
the price of the product is fixed to suit the market.
 Branding: It must create a particular image in the minds of the consumers. Decision of
the trade mark is important in developing the products.
 Personal Selling: Personal selling is good to increase the sale and at the same time to
know the consumer's needs and desires.
 Sales Promotion: The marketing manager makes out programmes to increase the sales
through exhibitions, displays, advertising etc. The aim is to inform and persuade the
customers to buy the company's product.
 Physical Distribution: It includes the channels and distribution, transportation,
warehousing, inventory control etc. Distribution is the delivery of products at the right
time and at the right place.
 Market Research: Market research is a system by which one can analyse the market
conditions. It helps a marketer in formulating the policies by which the product reaches in
an efficient way in the hands of the consumers.
External Factors: External factors are also known as uncontrollable factors. These are the
factors that are beyond the control of the marketing management. These include the following.
 Consumer's Buying Behavior: Consumer's buying behavior is affected by buying

habits, buying power, motivation in buying, living standard, social environment,
technological changes etc.
 Trader's behavior: The behavior of intermediaries - wholesalers or retailers, and their
motivations, practices, attitudes etc. affect the marketing of the products and its volume.
 Competitor's Behavior: New business firms come up which invites competition among
the industrialists. The competition may be of supply and demand of the product, choice
offered by the consumers, technological changes, new invention etc. The marketing
manager must be vigilant about the market trend.
 Governmental Behaviour: The marketing manager should consider the rules and
regulations of the Government in respect of products, pricing, competitive practices,
advertising etc. Firms have no control over the laws.
Marketing Process
Marketing is a process by means of which goods and services are exchanged. Marketing process
involves three major activities:
 Concentration aims at the collection of products at a central place. Agricultural products,

dairy products etc. are collected at a central place from innumerable farmers scattered
over a wide area. Moreover, some components are to be collected from different sources
at a central place. So concentration is essential for assembling the final products.

 Equalization implies the reconciliation between demand and supply through storage and
transportation in the required quantity and quality at the required time and place. It is the
process by which demand is adjusted to supply. It is aimed at regular supply of goods
which are produced in a particular season, but consumed throughout the year. The
purpose of this function is to create equilibrium.
 Dispersion means the distribution of goods from the central location. Some of the
products are distributed to manufactures or processors and the remaining are dispersed to
final consumers through wholesalers, retailer's agents, middlemen etc.
Marketing Functions
 "Marketing functions refer to all those operations and activities that are essential for
facilitating the movement of goods and services from the place of production to the place
of consumption."
 Clark and Clark classified marketing functions into three heads as
1. Exchange functions, 2. Physical supply functions and 3. Facilitating functions.
Storage and Warehouse
Storage:
Storage is an exercise of human foresight by means of which commodities are protected from
deterioration and surplus supplies are carried over for future consumption. Storage is one of the
physical supply functions of marketing. Preserving of goods for future use is common. Storage
involves the preservation of goods between the time of production and the time of use or
consumption.
Need/objectives of storage: Storage of goods becomes necessary on account of the following
reasons.
 To enable uniform consumption of goods
 To enable seasonal consumption of goods
 To protect the goods
 To adjust supply with demand
 To take price advantage.
 To protect against delay and uncertainty in transportation.
Warehousing
The functions of storage is performed through warehouses. Warehouses are the places where the
goods are stored. Warehousing refers to a specialized process of storing of surplus goods for the
use of consumption in future.
Differences between storage (a) and warehouse (b)
1 (a) It is generally located near the factory
(b) It is usually located near the market
2. (a) Storage is a marketing function

(b) Warehousing is a tool of storage
3. (a) Its aim is for personal use
(b) Its aim is for commercial purpose
4. (a) Additional marketing functions cannot be performed.
(b) Additional functions like grading standardization mixing packing etc. can be
performed.
5. (a) It gives facility for stocking raw materials and finished goods
(b) It is meant for final products
6. (a) It is only a holding place of goods
(b) It holds goods as a distribution place.
Logistic Management
 The concept of logistics as an integrative activity in business concept has developed
within the last twenty years. Logistics is the process of strategically managing the
movement and storage of materials, parts and finished inventory from supplier through
the firm to consumers. It begins from sources of supply and ends at the point of
consumption.
 It covers two aspects - physical supply and physical distribution. Physical supply or
material management is the movement of raw materials to the plant. Physical distribution
is the flow of finished products from the plant to the customers.
 Logistics management task is concerned with the integration and co-ordination of
marketing activities in a way that end markets are served in the most efficient way. The
purpose of logistic management is to reduce the transportation cost by adding
warehousing information system.
Standardizations
 Standardization and grading provides the ethical basis for marketing transactions. The
development of standards of weights and measures is a proof of an ethical advance of
human race.
 Standardization is the process of formulating and applying rules for an orderly approach
to a specific activity
 Standardization involves:
a) the determination of basic limits or grades
b) the establishment of model processes and methods of producing, handling and selling
goods and services.

Grading
 Grading is the process of sorting individual specimens of a given product to the standard
grades or classes to which they belong. To grade means to divide the products into
different groups according to their common characteristics in terms of type, size, colour,
weight, shape etc. Established standards are called grades. Grading is a part of
standardization. Grading starts where standardization ends
 Grading enables to compare the values of different qualities of a product in the market
and the difference in price of the same grade in different markets. So grade has become a
part of the price structure of the commodity.
Marketing Risk
Risk is a universal function and is present in one form or the other in all marketing transactions.
Risk in marketing may be defined as "uncertainty with regard to cost, loss or damage".
Causes of Marketing Risk
The various reasons responsible for risks are the following:
 Unexpected loss from fire, flood, storm etc. (called natural causes of risk.) The loss may
also be due to burglary, strike, war etc.
 Risk of deterioration quality due to the perishable nature of products or due to improper
packing and storage.
 Improper handling of products
 Risk due to political causes
 Risk due to managerial causes of poor planning, mismanagement, lack of supervision etc.
 Loss due to competition.
 Loss due to demand and supply and fluctuations in prices.
 Risks due to accidents while goods are in transit.
 Risk due to variations in purchasing power of consumers.
 Government interference by imposing taxation, duties etc. and by changes in export -
import policy, licensing policy etc.
 Risk of obsolescence due to technological developments and innovations.
 Risk due to changes in market conditions (Economic Risk)
Marketing risks are greatly due to price fluctuations by market conditions. Economic risk may be
grouped as:
 Time risk: Goods are produced in anticipation of demand. They are expected to be sold
at a good price to earn profit. Sometimes the anticipated price is not realized. The
wholesalers and retailers face such risks due to the adverse changes in the demand from

the consumers when they cannot sell the products stocked and have to bear loss. This will
lead to heavy loss to the producers. Thus time factor assumes prime importance on the
market risk. C hinge in price is seen with the passage of time. This is due to improved
products offered by competitors or new inventions as a result of scientific research or
changes in customer preference.
 Place risk: The price of a product may be different in different markets at the same time.
The demand and supply pattern differ from one market to another. This is because of
price which is based on demand and supply of the product. When the price in the sellers
market is lower than that of the buyers market, the retailer has to bear loss. Such losses
are due to the lack of information about market demand. The advancement in
communication minimizes such risks. The existence of such risks leads to price
differences.
 Competition risk: Mass production and selling is followed by keen competition among
the marketers. The absence of competitive attitude will cause closure of the firm. In order
to improve the quality and durability of goods or to lower the prices or to adopt the best
method of selling, a competitor may change the method of production. All these cause the
price reduction or divert the demand in the market. So every marketer must be conscious
in the actions of competitors.
Hedging
Hedging is a form of protection against an economic risk. Usually their risk of price changes
which effected by Offsetting against one another of two transactions involving risk of opposite
character. The object of hedging is not to earn profit but to insure against loss.
Marketing Finance
 Financing, as a marketing function involves the use of capital to meet the financial
requirements of the agencies engaged in various marketing activities. Marketing finance
refers to "the service of providing money and credit needed to meet the costs of getting
merchandise into the hands of the final consumer."
 Finance is the life blood of any industrial or commercial undertaking. In a modern money
making economy, finance may be defined as the provision of money at the time it is
wanted.
Marketing finance is important on the following grounds:
 Time gap between purchase and sales is bridged by marketing finance.

 Provision of trade credit helps to maintain cordial relation with customers
 Capital and revenue expenditure involved in the process of marketing are met by
marketing financiers.
 Financial soundness of a firm will increase its good will.

 A firm having sound financial background can enjoy the benefits of cash purchases.
 A marketing firm can face the price fluctuations and changing market conditions, if it is
properly financed.
Product Planning
The product is the most tangible and important single component of the marketing program. A
product is both "what a seller has to sell and "what a buyer has to buy". The product policies
from the corner stone of a marketing mix.
Features of a product
 Tangibility: An item to be called a product should have tangibility. It should be capable

of being touched, seen, smelt or felt. Car, soap, TV etc. are examples of tangible product
 Intangible attributes: The services like banking, transportation, storage etc. are also
products i.e., the products are intangible in the form of services.
 Associated attributes: Product may also include associated attributes like brand,
package, label, warranty etc.
 Exchange value: Products are meant to satisfy consumer wants. So they must have
exchange value and are capable of being exchanged from the seller to the buyer at a
price.
 Consumer satisfaction: The products should have the ability to satisfy consumer wants
and needs.
Classification of Products
On the basis of tangibility, products are classified as tangible products, and intangible products
(services).
 Tangible Products: Tangible products are those which can be touched, seen or smelt.
Tangible products are further classified as durable goods and non durable goods or fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG).
 Durable goods are tangible goods that serve many uses. Refrigerators, furniture, TVs,
clothing etc.are durable goods. They normally require personal selling.
 Non durable goods are also tangible goods which normally serve one or few uses.
Examples are soap, salt, tooth paste etc. These goods are used fast and purchased
frequently.
 Intangible products are benefits or satisfactions or considerations that are offered for
sale and are satisfying human wants. Examples are haircuts, repairs, medical treatment
etc. Services are intangible, inseparable, variable and perishable.
On the basis of purposes of purchase
On the basis of the purpose for which goods are purchased, they are classified into two –

(i) Consumer goods

(ii) Industrial goods.
Consumer goods: Consumer goods are the goods purchased for final consumption. These are
marketed to households and ultimate individual consumers. Eg: shoes, tooth paste, shirts, watch
etc. Consumer goods are further classified into three on the basis of consumer's buying behavior
and attitudes.
They are:
 Convenience goods: These are the goods bought frequently and immediately by the
customers with minimum shopping efforts. Examples are groceries, newspapers, soaps,
cigarettes etc. The purchase of them cannot be postponed or they are not purchased much
in advance of consumption time. Convenience goods are further classified into three as
follows –
 Staple goods: These are the goods purchase by consumers on regular basis.
 Impulse goods: These goods are purchased by the consumers without any
planning or searching efforts.
 Emergency goods: These goods are purchased by the consumer for meeting
urgent needs.
 Shopping goods: These are the goods purchased after a comparative analysis of quality,
price, brand, warranty etc., of competitive products. These are purchased after some
shopping efforts. Examples are television, furniture, Shoes, music system, scooter etc.
 Specialist goods: These are unique in nature and hold special importance to the
consumer. The buyer usually has knowledge about the product and desires them because
of strong identification or interest. These are Purchased with special efforts. Jewellery,
cars, etc. are examples.
 Unsought goods: These are the goods that the consumers do not know about or do not
normally think of buying. The best example of unsought goods are life insurance policies,
investment schemes of Investment Companies.
 Industrial goods: Industrial goods are those goods purchased by individuals and
organizations for further processing or for use in conducting business. A particular
product may be an industrial product or a consumer product based on the purpose for
which it is purchased. These are the goods not purchased for final use. The demand for
industrial products depends on the demand for consumer goods. Industrial goods include
raw materials, equipments, fabricating goods etc.
Product Planning
Product planning is the starting point of entire marketing program in a firm. It involves all
activities which enable producers and middlemen to determine what should constitute a

company's line of products. Product planning decides the nature and other related aspects of the
articles produced and sold.
Objectives of Product planning
 To strengthen the company's ability to survive critical conditions.

 To effectively utilize the company's resources in profitable product lines
 To design the products to satisfy consumer needs and expectations.
 To evaluate the strength and weakness, if any, of the company.
 To decide the optimum product mix with a view to increase sales revenue.
Product Development
Product development is the technical activity of product research, engineering and design
through the collective participation of production, marketing research and engineering
departments.
Product testing:
Once a product is developed, next step is to put it into few selected markets. It means to put the
new product in few selected markets with a view to identify whether the product performs up to
the promise of the product concept.
This will enable the management to pick out the likes and dislikes of the consumers towards the
product. It also gives an opportunity to the buyers to compare the product with its rival products.
The objectives of the product testing are the following.
 To assess proper product performance.

 To minimize the risks attached to full-scale launching of any product.
 To identify the most productive market segments.
 To collect necessary data about the response of the customers.
Branding
Branding is an important aspect of product planning. It is the practice of identifying a product or
line of products by a special name or symbol or design or a combination of them to identify the
products of a particular producer
 Brand: A brand is a name, term, symbol or design or a combination of them which is

intended to identify the goods or services of one seller or a group of sellers and to
differentiate them from those of the competitors. A brand includes a brand name and a
brand mark. Example Usha fans, Samsung TV etc.
 Brand Name: Brand name is a part of a brand consisting of a word letter, group of words
or letters comprising a name which is intended to identify the goods or services of a seller

or a group of sellers and to differentiate them from competitors. In the words of

American Marketing Association (AMA) "A brand name consists of words, letters or
numbers which may be vocalized.' Usha fans, Sunlight soap, Dinesh beedi etc.
 Brand Mark: A brand mark is that part of the brand which appears in the form of a
symbol, design or distinctive coloring or lettering. It could be recognized only by sight
but are not pronounceable. Example, the symbol of Bombay Dyeing or Airlines.
 Trade Mark: When a brand name or brand mark is registered and legalized, it becomes a
trade mark. A trade mark is a brand or a part of a brand that is given legal protection,
because it is capable of exclusive appropriation. It is duly registered under the Trade
Name and Trade Marks Act. It is the exclusive right of the seller to use the brand name or
brand mark. The letter 'R' in a circle ® on each package will indicate that the brand is
duly registered. Trade Mark is a legal term protecting the manufactures right to use the
brand name or brand mark.
 Trade Name: Trade name is often used interchangeably with trade mark or brand name.
A trade name is the name of business preferably the name of the organization itself. A
trade name may sometimes be a brand name. In such a case it brings out the identity of
the manufacturer and the product. GODREJ is both trade name and brand name for most
of their products. (example, Godrej locks, Godrej Soaps etc.) TATA is solely a trade
name of the company producing various products such as, Jasmine soap, hair oil etc.
 Patents: Patents are public documents conferring certain rights, privileges, titles or
offices. It confers the right to the use of a technical invention. It is applicable in the case
of a new invention such as a new process, a new product or a new machine. When a new
invention is made, it is registered so that an exclusive right is obtained by the inventor to
use it.
 Copyright: This is applicable in the case of books and is used in the same meaning as
that of patents. It is a sole right to reproduces literary, dramatically, musical or artistic
work. Copyright extends to the author's lifetime and till fifty years after his death.
Sometimes copyright is vested with the publishers.
 Brand Loyalty: Brand loyalty means commitment of buyers to a particular brand. It is
the strong attachment of a buyer towards a particular brand. If a customer has a brand
loyalty towards 'Colgate' he will purchase and use only that tooth paste.
 Brand Equality: It is the intrinsic value of a brand in terms of money a consumer is
willing to pay for it in preference to its rivals. Brand equity may be defined as the power
and value that a brand adds to a product. Some brands are popular, but some other are
unknown to most buyers. Popular brands have high brand equity. The value of a brand is
called brand equity. Just like other physical assets, companies recognize the value of
brands. They assume more value to established brands. A powerful brand has high brand
equity.
Reasons for Branding

 Brands are powerful instruments for sales promotion.

 Brand facilitates easy advertisement and publicity.
 It creates special consumer preference over the product.
 Sales can be increased through brands.
 It enables packaging.
 It ensures standard quality.
 It helps in labeling.
Patents for Invention

A patent is a legal protection for an invention. In order to be patentable the invention must be
new , or uncommon involving some inventive step and must be capable of being manufactured
industrially. A patent once granted for an invention is an intellectual property which remains in
force for a specific period of time.
Product Packaging
Packing is the process of covering, wrapping or creating goods into a package. Packing is done
for the purpose of delivering the articles to the consumer or for transportation.
Packaging
Packaging as an industry has two sectors-those who make packaging materials and those who
convert these materials into packages.
AIDAS Formula
In packaging decisions also AIDAS formula is applicable. 'A' stands for attention, "I" for
interest,' D' for desire, 'A' for action and 'S' for satisfaction. It is generally used to measure the
effectiveness of demand creating activities like advertising. As packaging is indirectly helpful in
promotion this formula is applicable here also. Even after a package is designed, it is put to test
to know the response of customers.
Labeling
Labeling is another product feature which requires managerial attention. Packaging, labeling and
branding go together and constitute an integral part of product planning. Label informs the
consumer about the product. A label describes the nature, contents ownership, destination,
methods of uses, price, quality etc. of the product.
Pricing
Pricing is a crucial decision in marketing. Pricing means determination of selling price for a
product or service. Price means exchange value of commodity expressed in terms of money. The
relationship between price and sales volume is inverse. As the price decreases, volume of sales

increases and vice versa. So a sound pricing policy should be adopted to have maximum sales
revenue.
Importance of Pricing
The following are the reasons why pricing is important in marketing.
 It helps to attain the objectives: Marketing objectives are attained through proper pricing
policies. Pricing decision is important for its direct and indirect impact on profit.
 It is an economic regulator: The market price of a product influences wages, interest and
profits. The price is a matter of vital importance to the buyer and the seller. When the
prices are agreed upon, transaction between buyer and seller takes place. Prices are
important economic regulators.
 It denotes the quality of products: A firm must fix the right price for its products. It shall
not be too high or too low. Consumers compare the prices of different products. Price
often denotes quality in the mind of the consumer. A high price is considered as an
indication of high quality. In case the quality is not up to the mark what the consumer
expects, he feels that price is high. Thus pricing is a critical decision.
 It influences demand: The market demand of a product or service depends on the price of
the product. Price will affect the firm's competitive position and its share of the market. It
affects the volume of production and the amount of profit. Prices are important for
consumer because all their buying decisions are influenced by prices. Price reflects the
purchasing power of money. It also determines the standard of living of the people.
Pricing Objectives
Before determining the selling price of a product, the management should determine the pricing
objectives. The pricing objectives of a company must logically relate to the overall objectives of
the company. The major pricing objectives are discussed below.
 Return on Investment : Most well-established companies are following the pricing

objective of target return. Here, the objective is to earn a certain rate of return on
investment. The price is fixed in such a way that the company should earn a desired rate
of return on its investment. This objective is also called pricing for profit.
 Market Share: Market share (sales potential) means the percentage market for the
product of a firm in the concerned product's market. A good market share is a better
indication of progress.
Factors determining price
Internal Factors: Internal factors of pricing are sometimes called built in factors. These are
generally within the control of the organization. These factors include organizational factors,
marketing mix, cost, pricing objectives and product differentiation.

 Organizational factors: Overall pricing strategy is dealt with by top executives and the
actual mechanics of pricing are dealt with at lower levels in the organization. Top levels
consider market segments but lower levels consider individual product strategies.
 Marketing Mix: Marketing mix like product, physical distribution, promotion etc.
influence the pricing decisions. A shift in any one of the elements in the marketing mix
has an immediate impact on pricing.
 Product differentiation: The product features also influence price. In order to
attract customers different characteristics like quality, size, colour, attractive package,
alternative uses etc. are added to the product. Generally customers pay more for a product
with new style or fashion.
 Cost: Cost and price of a product are closely related. The most decisive factor of pricing
is cost of production. Traditionally, selling price is fixed by adding certain amount or
percentage of profit along with cost of production.
 Pricing Objectives: A firm may have various objectives and pricing contributes its share
in achieving such goals. The goals may be of profit maximization, maintaining market
share, facing competition, survival, price leadership etc. Pricing policies are drafted after
considering pricing objectives of the firm.
External Factors : External factors are beyond the perfect control of an organization. External
factors or uncontrollable include buyers, demand, competition, suppliers, economic conditions
and government.
 Buyers: In consumer oriented marketing the demand for a product influences its price.
Every product has some utility to the buyer. It gives the buyer some service, satisfaction,
pleasure, the total of which isits value to a particular consumer. If the consumer doesn't
consider the worth of the product not equal to its price, he will refuse to buy. With the
multiplicity of choices available to the consumer the prime consideration inpricing is the
consumer or buyer.
 Demand: The market demand for a product has a big impact on pricing. The relationship
between price and demand is inverse. When price is high, the demand is decreased and
vice versa. So a high price is fixed when demand is high and a low price is fixed when
demand is low.
 Competition: No marketer is free to fix a price of his own without considering
competition unless he has a monopoly. A firm can fix the price equal to or lower than that
of competitors provided the quality of product, in no case, is lower than that of the
competitors.
 Suppliers: Suppliers of raw materials and other goods can have an important influence
on the price of a product. If the price of cotton goes up, the increase in price is passed on
by suppliers to manufacturer and manufacturers, in turn, pass it on to consumers.
 Economic Conditions: The stage of the trade cycle is a major factor in determining
product price. During depression, the prices are reduced to maintain the level of turnover.

But during boom, the prices are increased to cover the increasing cost of production and
distribution. The changes in demand and supply aspects will also affect pricing decisions.
 Government: Government interference like control of prices, levy of progressive
taxation import export policy etc. should also be considered while formulating pricing
policies.
Process of Pricing
Decision for pricing are taken in the light of marketing opportunities competition and many other
variables influencing pricing. Price decisions must consider all factors affecting both demand
and supply. The following are the steps involved in the process of pricing.
 Estimate the Demand for the product.

 Anticipate the competitive reaction.
 Establish Expected Share of Market.
 Selection of the pricing strategy.
 Consideration of Company Policies.
 Selection of a suitable pricing method.
New Product Pricing
Pricing of new product is an art. New product pricing is important as it affects the quantity of
the product to be sold and determines the amount of revenue of a firm.
Following guidelines are to be adopted while pricing a new product.
 Making the product accepted

 Maintaining the market and
 Retaining the profits.
New Product Pricing Strategies.
There are two strategies for pricing new products. They are:
Skimming Pricing (Skim the Cream Pricing): When a new product is introduced for the first
time, a very high price is fixed and gradually when competitors enter the market price began to
decrease. It is observed that launching a new product with high price is an efficient device for
breaking up the market into segments that differ in price elasticity of demand. This method is an
experimental approach for setting the right price. This method starts with a high price and moves
the price downward by steps until the right price is reached. Skimming pricing is recommended
because.
 Initial sales would be less.

 Helps to skim the cream of the market

 Own a new product even at high price.

 Helps to develop demand.
 High sales volume due to high price.
Penetration Pricing: This method is opposite to skimming pricing. New products may be
offered at a low price at the initial stages of initial stages of introduction and gradually when
substitutes are available in the market price may be raised.
This method is called penetration pricing. This method is most common and is desirable under
the following situation.
 When sales volume is very sensitive to price.

 When large volume of sales is to be affected.
 When the product faces the threat of competition
 When stability of price is required.
Special Problems in Pricing (Discounts and Allowances)
Discounts: Discounts are deductions allowed by the seller from the base price of a product. The
various types of discounts are the following.
 Trade Discounts: These discounts are allowed in the form of deductions from the list
price. Trade discount is given by manufacturer to wholesalers and retailers as a
consideration for the remaining marketing function to be performed by them. It is also
known as frictional discounts.
 Quantity Discounts: These are deductions allowed from the list price by the seller in
order to encourage a customer to buy larger amounts. Quantity discount may attract both
small and large buyers for ordering large quantities.
 Cash Discount: It is the concession or deduction given to the consumer by the seller for
remitting the bill within the specified period of time. It is a deduction from the invoice
bill at the time of making the payment.
 Seasonal Discount: This refers to the discount offered during a particular season. It is
usually done during 'offseason' or 'off peak'
Promotion
Promotion is the fourth and final element in the marketing mix. The others being product mix,
price mix and place mix. Promotion includes all marketing activities designed to stimulate
demand.
"Promotion is the co-ordination of all seller initiated efforts to set up channels of information
and persuasion to facilitate the sale of goods service or the acceptance of an idea". It involves to

the activities to push forward or to advance an idea, in such a way as to gain its approval and
acceptance.
Communication of Promotion Mix
 Promotion mix refers to the type, combination and proportion of various promotional
elements used to promote sales. The promotion mix or promotional blend or marketing
communications mix consists of four major tools Advertising, Sales promotion, Publicity
and Personal Selling.
 Promotional activity ultimately comes under the direction of the marketing manager. The
marketing manager has the responsibility of co-coordinating and inters relating all the
methods to achieve the marketing objectives.
There are two types of promotional blends - push blend and pull blend.
Push Blend
 A Push Promotional blend emphasizes on personal selling. The producer pushes the
product to the intermediaries, who organize promotional activities to reach the consumers
and sell the product. Naturally firms adopting this strategy develop a strong sales force
both at the distributors and the dealers level.
 This method would tend to push the product through the channel of distribution. The
producer aggressively pushthe products to wholesalers, wholesalers aggressively promote
the product to retailers and the retailers aggressively push the product to the consumers.
Pull Blend
 A pull promotional blend is one in which mass impersonal sales efforts are given the
greatest emphasis. The purpose of the pull blend is to pre-sell the goods to the final
consumers sot that they may demand for the product at the retail level of distribution. If
the strategy is effective the consumers will demand the product to the retailers, the
retailers In turn will demand to their wholesalers and the wholesalers will demand the
producer for the product.
Factors influencing promotion mix
The following are the factors influencing promotion mix.
 Nature of the product. Promotion mix will vary according to the nature of the product.
Consumer goods require mass advertisement. But industrial goods require personal
selling, advertising, displays etc. Complex and technical products like computer need
personal selling. Non-technical products require advertising as promotional device. In
case where there is no brand diffentiation personal selling should be the method of
promotion. Where there is brand differentiation advertising should be emphasized.

 Nature of the market: For industrial market, advertising plays an informative role, but
for consumer market it plays as informative as well as persuasive role. The promotion
strategy varies with the target groups depending on age, sex, education, income, religion
etc.
 Stages in the product life cycle: The marketing objectives and strategies are different at
each stage of the product in its life cycle. During the introductory stage intensive
advertising and personal selling are required for effecting product awareness. During
growth stage advertising should be extended to maximize the market share. During
maturity stage persuasive advertising and sales promotion techniques are beneficial. But
at the declining stage advertisement and sales promotion are reduced to the minimum.
 Market Penetration: A product having good market penetration is well-known to the
buyers. In that situation, middlemen are motivated to spend more an advertising.
 Market Size: It there is limited number of buyers, direct selling is enough. But if the
market size is large the promotional tool is mainly advertising.
 Characteristics of buyers: Experienced buyers of industrial product need personal
selling. The experience of buyers, the time available for purchase, influence of friends,
retailers etc. are the factors affecting promotion mix.
 Distribution strategy: If the products are directly sold by the manufacturer personal
selling is the tool of promotion. Advertising is only a supporting tool. Personal selling
and advertising is required for market penetration. If the product passes through a longer
channel more importance should be given to advertising and less importance to personal
selling.
 Pricing strategy: Pricing influences promotion strategy. If the brand is priced higher
than the competitors price, personal selling is used. If the price is comparatively low only
little promotion is needed. If the middlemen are allowed higher profit margin, sales
promotion at dealer level is important.
 Cost of promotion. The cost of the media of advertising and sales promotion tools
should also be considered while deciding the promotional mix.
 Availability of funds: If the funds are adequate the firm can spend more for advertising
and sales promotion. But small firms with limited resources can depend on personal
selling.
Advertising
Advertising is a part of marketing. The purpose of advertising is to stimulate sales, inform
market, impress the trade mark and create interest for future sales. It is a form of mass
communication. It is through the media of advertising the consumers are made aware about the
peculiarities of different types of products. Advertising is sometimes called 'Consumer
Education' because it makes aware the consumers about the uses, methods of uses, ingredients
etc. Advertising means mass paid communication, the ultimate purpose of which is to impart
information, develop attitudes and induce action beneficial to the advertiser.

Features of Advertising
 Advertisement is a message to large groups.

 It is in the form of non personal communication
 It persuades the general public to purchase the goods or services advertised.
 It is paid for by a seller.
 Advertising messages are identified with the advertiser.
 Advertising is an activity by which oral or visual messages are addressed to the general
public. Its purpose is to inform or influence them in order to increase the sales of the
advertiser.
 Advertising creates desire for new products.
 An effective advertising necessitates mass production and thereby cost and price can be
reduced.
 The advertising message is called Advertisement. Advertising is a process. But
advertisement is the content of advertising.
 Sales promotion is marketing efforts other than advertising publicity and personal selling.
Objectives and importance of advertising
The purpose of advertising is to sell something - a product, a service or an idea. The real
objective of advertising is effective communication between producers and consumers.
 To make an immediate sale

 To build primary demand
 To introduce a price deal
 To inform about the availability of products
 To create brand recognition
 To help salesmen by creating an awareness of the product among retailers.
 To create a reputation for service reliability or research strength.
 To increase the share of the market
 To modify existing product appeals and buying motives.
 To inform about the availability of new products
 To remind the users about the product.
 To increase frequency of use of a product
 To increase the number of quality of retail outlets
 To build overall company image
 To reach new users or markets for the product
 To develop overseas market
 To educate the public
Functions of Advertising

 Increasing the number of customers: It stimulates demand and widens the market. The
benefits and features of the products are made known to the public. This will increase the
number of buyers for the product.
 Increasing the number of customers by brand loyalty: Development of brand loyalty
among the customers is significant.
 Offsetting the competing brands: The consumers are tempted to buy several rival
products through the promotional measures offered by the competitors. Advertising
facilitates the creation, direction and extension of demand for the particular products or
services.
 Increasing usage of the products: When a product is introduced in the market, it is
meant for a specific use. Advertising explains the new uses of the product found out
through researches. Thus consumers are made known about the new uses of a product.
 Reminding the consumers
 Educating the Public
 Shaping of goodwill
Sales Promotion
The committee of American Marketing Association defines sales promotion as "those marketing
activities other than personal selling, advertising and publicity that stimulate customer
purchasing and dealer effectiveness such as display shows, exhibitions, demonstrations and
various non -recurrent selling efforts not in the ordinary routine"
Importance of Sales Promotion
The main purpose of sales promotion is to accelerate sales through special selling efforts. Sellers
use incentive type promotions to attract new customers, to reward loyal customers and to
increase repurchase rates of occasional users. At the salesmen level, the objective of sales
promotion is to achieve more sales. At the retailer's level, the purpose is to sell a particular
product of a manufacturer. At the consumers level, the main aim is to enable them to buy more
of a product more frequently and to introduce new uses for the product. A good sales
promotional program will remove the consumers dissatisfaction with respect to retail selling.
Objectives of Sales Promotion
 To increase the buying response at the customers level.

 To attract new customers
 To ensure dealer effectiveness
 To make aware the public about the new product and its advantages
 To capture the major share of the market
 To meet the competition of other firms
 To effect off season sales to boost sales

 To create brand image

 To create additional talking points about the products to sales persons.
 To remove customer's dissatisfactions.
 To bridge the gap between advertising and personal selling.
 To maintain communications with large market segments
 To create a favorable attitude towards the product
 To stock more at the level of traders.
Salesmanship
Salesmanship is an attempt to induce people to buy goods and services by removing their doubts
and suspicions, at a profit.
Importance of Salesmanship
In olden days, a salesman shows the goods, takes an order and receives the payment. He never
attempts to guide or persuade the consumers. But modern salesmanship is creative in approach.
He creates needs and converts them into wants. Customer satisfaction is the main aim of the
salesmen. Salesmen is the connecting link between the sellers and buyers at every step.
 Salesmanship is important to producers and manufactures for pushing products into

competitive markets and to capture new markets. Salesmen bring larger profits to the
producers by increasing the volume of sales.
 Salesmanship is important to consumers. A salesmen educates and guides consumers. He
gives them more satisfaction. He helps the consumers in making the right decision and
proper selection of the product which they want to buy.
Duties of Salesmen
 To make sale of products or service

 To make reports about sales made, calls made, customers lost, services rendered etc.
 To satisfy the complainants peacefully.
 To attend sales meetings.
 To create goodwill of the company and its products
 To maintain good relation with customers
 To take periodic inventories
 To assist customers in selecting goods.
 To make collection of bills relating to sales.
 To do the assigned duty.
Qualities of a successful salesman

A good salesman should have some personal qualities, mental qualities, social qualities and
moral qualities.
 Physical qualities: These include good appearance, sold health and physique, a
good posture (good style of holding body) and pleasing and attractive voice.
 Mental qualities: A good sales man must have the mentality to face any situation and to
take quick action, creative mind and imagination self confidence and optimism.
 Social qualities: These include good manners, politeness, co-operation friendliness,
helpfulness, tactfulness and courtesy. Friendly and co-operative attitude is essential for
the success of a salesman.
 Character and Moral qualities : In addition to the above, a good salesman must have
knowledge about the product, company, customers and competitors, market, techniques
and self.
Sales Forecasting
Sales forecasting is the prediction of the future volume of sales. Sales forecast means “an
estimate of sales in physical units or value for a specified future period under a proposed
marketing plan or program and under an assumed set of economic and other forces.” Sales
forecasting is a major tool in the hands of management for the purpose of planning and
budgeting.
Objectives of Sales Forecasting
Short-term objectives
 To determine suitable production policy

 To facilitate regular supply of raw materials at right time and in right quantity.
 To make the best utilization of the available machines
 To determine appropriate price policy
 To arrange for trained and technical workers
 To make arrangements for short-term financial requirements
 To help in setting the sales targets for different market segments as to control the
performance of salesmen.
Long-term objectives
 To estimate cash inflows

 To plan long-term production
 To plan plant capacity
 To plan manpower requirements for long term
 To forecast long term financial requirements

 To determine suitable dividend policy

 To help in the process of budgetary control
Importance of Sales Forecasting
Sales forecasting is the primary responsibility of the top sales executive. However, the active
participation of all the personnel in the organization is required for the effective forecasting of
sales.
 Balances Supply and Demand: It enables the company to meet the growing needs by
balancing demand and supply.
 Tool for measuring efficiency of sales department: It is a useful tool for measuring the
efficiency of sales department and for measuring the marketing productivity.
 Aid to proper pricing: Reliable sales forecasting is a first class aid to proper pricing.
 Allocation of Sales territory: It helps in the allocation and reallocation of sales territory
and setting up of quotas.
 Inventory Control: It avoids both overstocking and under stocking and there by
enhances good inventory control.
 Tool of financial analysis: It facilitates planning for cash requirements and guide for
financial analysis.
 Guides in plant layout: It acts as a friend, philosopher and guide in plant layout,
warehousing and transportation.
 Avoids temporary pressures: Sales forecasting helps the company to avoid sudden and
temporary pressures in demand.
 Indicator of efficiency: It is a useful tool in measuring the efficiency of sales department
as it compares its sales forecast with sales performance.
 Allocation of advertisement expenditure: Sales forecast is also used as a criterion in
allocating advertising expenditure.
Steps in the process of Sales Forecasting
 Determining the objectives of sales forecasting.

 Dividing the company’s products into homogeneous groups.
 Determining the relative importance of factors which affect the sale of each such group.
 Selecting a suitable method of sales forecasting.
 Collecting and analyzing relevant data for forecasting.
 Studying the correlation between sales and sales promotion policies.
 Analyzing the competitors policies and programs.
 Prepraring sales forecasts for the individual groups and also for the whole enterprise.
 Periodical review and revision of the forecasts.
Factors affecting Sales Forecasting

Sales forecasting is affected by the following factors:
 General business conditions: These include population, distribution of wealth,

government policies, economic conditions etc.
 Conditions within two industry: These include nature and characteristics of product,
product line, pricing policy, competitors policies and strategies etc.
 Credit conditions: Sales forecasting is also influenced by the credit policy of a firm. If
the company is following liberal credit policy the forecasted sales will be higher.
 Conditions within the company: The plant capacity, quality of products, price,
advertisement policy, availability of resources etc. are the internal factors influencing
sales forecasts.
 Policies of the competitors: Sales forecasting methods and strategies of competitors
influence the forecasting of a company.
Sales Management
Sales management is a part of marketing management. It covers the management of selling,
advertising, sales promotion, transporting, warehousing, financing, and risk bearing.
Objectives of sales management
 To enable the top executives to devote more time to planning policy matters.
 To divide and fix authority among the subordinates.
 To avoid repetitive duties
 To locate responsibility
 To establish sales routine
 To stimulate the selling efforts
 To make effective management of sales force
Sales planning
Planning is the initial task of every management. Sales planning is concerned with the outlining
of future course of action. Sales planning is concerned with the establishment of selling
objectives, policies, programmes, procedures, principles, rules, strategies and budgets.
Sales Policy
A policy is a line or course of action followed over a considerable period of years. It is the
reservoir of plans. Sales policy regulates and guides sales processes and programmes. A sound
sales policy should cover all aspects of marketing.
Sales Manager

Sales manager or sales executive or sales director or marketing manager is the head of sales
organization. He is the key personnel in the organization. He is able to assess the results of
various areas and product groups as compared with the targets set. Sales Manager is responsible
for sales promotion.
Duties and Responsibilities of a Sales Manager
 Sales Planning: He has to formulate adequate plans. ie., sales plans, sales policies, sales
program and sales budgets every year. He must also plan for advertising.
 Merchandising: Merchandising is one of the activities in market planning concerned
particularly with providing right goods at the right time at the right place and at the right
price. He is also responsible for grading and standardization and branding.
 Execution of Sales plans and programs: The Sales Manager must ensure the execution
of the plans and programs.
 Marketing Research: He has to organize and manage marketing research projects. The
research staff should submit market information and statistical data. On the basis of these
information sales manager has to take sound decisions.
 Control: The Sales Manager has to control and regulate the selling activities in such way
so as to attain the sales objectives. The sales objectives are set in terms of sales quotas for
each branch. Actual results are compared with the targets and variance if any, is
analyzed. On the basis of variance analysis corrective action is taken.
 Physical Distribution: Another responsibility of a sales manager is related to physical
distribution, covering order processing, packaging, transportation, warehousing etc.
 Sales promotion and advertising: It is an important duty of sales manager to create
demand for products. He can seek the help of advertising and sales promotion staff for
the same.
 Preparing Sales budget: The sales manager has to prepare the sales budget. The first
budget to be prepared is the sales budget. Sales budget is based on sales forecasting,
which is the major responsibility of the sales manager.
 Management of Sales force: Sales manager is the chief of the sales organization. He is
responsible for the recruitment, selection, training, supervision, motivation and control of
the sales force. He must guide, control and encourage the staff. For this he must possess
skill, ability and foresight.
 Advising top management: The sales manager is responsible to advice the top
management about the operation of sales department. He can close the non-profitable
branch offices and open new branches after a detailed study.
 Sales Office: As the chief executive of the sales office the sales manager has to assign
duties to sales personnel, hold meetings, conferences, contests etc. He has to develop
the structure of the sales organization, fix authority, responsibility, relationship and
keep all authorities within his span of control.

Distribution Management
Types of Channels
Marketing channel is the pathway composed of intermediaries or middlemen who perform the
functions needed to ensure smooth flow of goods and services from the manufacturer to the
consumers. The following are the important types of channels.
Distribution channel for consumer goods: Five channels are widely used in the marketing of
consumer products: They are –
 Producer — > Consumer : It is the shortest and simplest channel of distribution. The
producer may sell directly by mail or from house to house.
 Producer —> Retailer —> Consumer: Many larger retailers buy directly from
manufacturers and sell them to consumers.
 Producer —> Wholesaler —> Retailer —> Consumer: It is a traditional channel for
consumer goods. Small retailers and small manufacturers find this channel as the feasible
one.
 Producer —> Agent —> Retailer —> Consumer: Instead of using wholesalers, many
producers prefer to use agents to reach the retail market.
 Producer —> Agent—> Wholesaler—> Retailer —> Consumer: To reach small retailers,
large scale producers use wholesalers through agents.
Distribution of Industrial goods
 Producer —> Industrial user: This direct channel accounts for a large volume of sales of
industrial products than any other distribution channel. Manufacturers of large
machineries or equipments usually follow direct selling.
 Producer —> Industrial Distributor —> User: Producers of operating supplies frequently
use industrial distributors to reach their markets or users.
 Producer —> Agent —> User: Firms without their own marketing departments find this
channel advisable. For introducing a new product or to enter a new market this channel is
preferred .
 Producer—> Agent —> Industrial Distributor —> User: This channel is used when it is
not feasible to sell through agents directly to the user. The unit sale may be too small for
direct selling.
Vertical Marketing System (VMS)
It refers to a distribution arrangement whereby a given channel of distribution is treated as a

coordinated, integrated unit.
Horizontal Marketing System (HMS)

It refers to a channel arrangement in which two or more companies at one level join together to
follow a new marketing opportunity. By working together, companies can combine their capital,
production capabilities and marketing resources to accomplish the function more effectively. On
working along with others, the company might join hands with competitors or non competitors.
Sole Selling Agency
An established firm of good reputation operating in each area may be appointed as a sole agent
or distributor exclusively for that locality. The sole agent is generally appointed when the
manufacturer doesn’t have his own organization or machinery to market the goods or when the
demand for the goods is highly competitive or fluctuating.
These sole agents generally have their own marketing organization. They appoint wholesalers
and retailers. Sometimes they sell the product under their own private brands.
Marketing Intermediaries
Marketing intermediaries are the persons or organizations that assist in the flow of goods and
service from producer to the consumers. The following are the common types of marketing
intermediaries.
1. Middlemen, 2. Agents or brokers, 3. Wholesalers, 4. Retailers, 5. Distributors, 6. Dealers.
 Departmental stores
A departmental store is a highly developed form of retail trade. A wide variety of goods are
sold in departmental store under one roof and one management. For each line of goods like
stationery, books, furniture, clothing etc. there are separate departments. It is a combination
of many small retail shops that form part of a single unit. It is said that a departmental store
sells ‘Pin to Piano’. These are organized on joint stock company basis. Departmental stores
provide services and amenities like free home delivery of goods, rest rooms, restaurants,
telephone services etc.
 Multiple shops/Chain stores
Multiple shops are designed as an outlet for mass distribution. Multiple shops are also called
chain stores. It is a system of branch shops dealing in similar line of goods. These shops are
operated under centralized management. The branch shops are spread throughout the country
under the same name. The head office supplies the requirements of branches. The branch
shops sell the goods at the price fixed by the head office. There is uniformity in
advertisement, window display and other operations of the branches. Maveli stores, Bata
shoe etc. operate under chain store system.
 Consumer’s co-operative stores

A consumer co-operative store is a voluntary association of consumers. These stores provide

essential goods. They protect the interest of its members by providing essential consumer
goods at lower prices. Consumer’s cooperative store can be formed if at least 25 persons of a
particular organization come together. It has to be registered under the Co-operative Societies
Act. They are organized on co-operative principles without any profit motive. Profits earned
is distributed to the members as dividend. The management of the store is entrusted to a
managing committee elected by the members. The capital is contributed by members by
purchasing shares which are of small value. They buy quality goods directly from
manufacturers and sell them to members and non-members at reasonable prices. Consumers
co-operative societies eliminate middlemen and establishes direct relations with the
manufacturers.
 Super Bazar (Super Market)
A super bazar or super market is a large scale retail organization on the pattern of a
departmental store selling wide variety of consumer goods, under one roof. While a
departmental store deals in all types of goods, a super bazaar basically deals in food stuffs,
groceries, vegetables, meat, dairy products and other items of daily use. They are generally
organized by consumer co-operative stores as co-operative stores are run on a small scale.
 Franchise
Franchise is an agreement between the parent company (franchiser) and owner of an

individual business (Franchisee). The franchiser provides the right to use its trade mark to the
franchisee, for a payment. By using the franchiser’s trade mark, the franchisee owns and
operate the business. As per the agreement the franchisee must use the same brand or trade
name for the product and use the same window display, shop decoration etc. All promotional
activities are done by the manufacturers. The franchiser may be a manufacturer, a wholesaler
or a service organization.
 Super - super Market (Hyper - Market)
Hyper market is the best example for diversification in retail trade. It combines the principles
of super market, department store, specialty shop and service shop in one giant size store. It
has a very broad and deep assortment of goods. ie., one stock shopping - to buy everything
form A to X. In addition to numerous food products, a hyper market tries to fulfil many other
consumer needs like housewares, hardware items, garden products, electronic goods etc.
Hyper markets even provide household services like laundry, shoe repair, beauty parlours
etc. Middle and upper classes constitute its target market.
 Direct marketing

It is the method of selling goods directly to the customers using advertisement. Here products
are advertised through one or more medias and orders are received by telephone, internet or
mail. Direct marketing include direct mail, catalogue mailing, tele-marketing, internet
marketing etc.
 Internet Marketing
It is the marketing of goods through computerized net works. The details of the products are
given on the website and consumer can electronically view the products and know their
price. The consumer can make his shopping list and place the order by E-mail, telephone or
fax. The goods are delivered by the retailers within a stipulated time and payment is made
through credit card. Exporters and importers can do this business very easily. Commonly
books, magazines, journals etc. are marketed under this system.
 Marketing Information System
Marketing Information system include all facts, estimates, opinions and other information
used in marketing of goods. Marketing Information system means a set of procedures and
methods for the regular and planned presentation of information for the use of marketing
decision.
Features of Marketing Information System
 Marketing Information System is a consciously developed master plan for promotion

flow. It is an on-going process.
 It integrates the functional departments and specialists such as analysts, programmers and
computer experts.
 Marketing information system is future oriented. It anticipates and solves marketing
problems.
 The data collected are processed with the help of operations research and management
science.
 Management gets a steady flow of information on a regular basis.
 Computer is the modern equipment for marketing information system.
Marketing of Products and Services

Product
A product is a bundle of benefits that satisfies the needs of the organization or the consumers and
for which they are willing to exchange money or other value. The bundle of benefits include
color, size, taste, product guarantee, service warranty, package design and size. A product may
be defined as anything that can be offered to a market for attention, acquisition, use or
consumption. Product may be two types viz. consumer products and industrial products.

Services
Services industries are quite varied. The government sector offers services through its courts,
employment services, hospitals, banks, military services, police and fire departments, postal
services and schools. The private non-profit sector also offers services through hospitals,
schools and other charitable institutions. Service isan intangible consideration or benefit that is
providing satisfaction to human wants and that not necessarily tiedto the sale of a product or
another service.
FEEDBACK AT:
1bankking1@gmail.com
JOIN BAN KING ON FB:
https://www.facebook.com/groups/bankking.in
LIKE BANK KING ON FB :
https://www.facebook.com/1bankking1
DOWNLOAD BANK KING APP :
http://xercesblue.in/download/androidApp.php?id=6

SET 1 10. 'Benchmark' means ?
1. Marketing in Banks is required for ? 1. Products lined up on a bench
1. Getting new customers 2. Salesmen sitting on a bench
2. Retaining existing customers 3. Set Standards
3. Lending 4. Mark on a bench
4. D) Accepting of deposits 5. None of these ANS= 3
5. All of these ANS= 5 11. Value-added services means _______________
2. Service Marketing is the same as _______ 1. Giving full value for money
1. Relationship Marketing 2. Better value for higher price
2. Transaction Marketing 3. Additional service
3. Internal Marketing 4. Costlier service
4. All of these 5. All the above ANS= 3
5. None of these ANS= 1 12. CRM means ?
3. Market size means ___________________ 1. Customer Retention Manager
1. Size of marketing staff 2. Customer Relationship Management
2. Size of Organization 3. Customers Relatives Meet
3. Scope of profits 4. Channel Rout Market
4. Scope for marketing 5. Channel Representative Manager ANS:- 2
5. None of these ANS= 4 13. A 'Target Group' in Marketing means ______
4. Market share means ____________ 1. To whom the sales should be directed
1. Market price of shares 2. A group of sellers
2. Sensex 3. A group of buyers
3. Share market 4. A group of Producers
4. Share of business among peers 5. All the above ANS:- 1
5. Marketing Volatility ANS= 4 14. The target group for credit cards is _________
5. Internal Marketing means ______________ 1. All card Holders
1. Selling to oneself 2. All existing borrowers
2. Selling to the employees 3. Individuals, with taxable income
3. Selling of samples 4. All of these
4. Selling to foreign markets 5. None of these ANS:- 4
5. None of these ANS:- 2 15. Bank assurance means ?
6. A 'call' means _______________ 1. Assurance given by banks to loaners
1. A Profession 2. Assurance to bank with one bank
2. B. Tele talk 3. Assurance to repay loans
3. Calling on a Prospect 4. Assurance to give good service ANS:- 5
4. A Call Center 5. Selling insurance product through banks
5. All of these ANS= 3 16. Cross - Selling means ?
7. A 'Call' centre means ______________ 1. Selling with a cross face
1. A place where Salesmen meet everyday 2. Selling to Red Cross members
2. A Training Centre 3. Selling to Blue cross members
3. A bank office setup where customer queries are 4. Selling across countries ANS:- 5
answered 5. Selling other products to existing customers
4. Customers meeting place 17. Digital Marketing is ____________
5. All the above ANS= 3 1. A way of direct marketing
8. A presentation means ______________ 2. A strategy of the DSAs
1. Display of products 3. A way of indirect marketing
2. Explaining the utility of products 4. All of these
3. A gift 5. None of these ANS:- 1
4. Display of communication skills 18. Market Segmentation helps in _____________
5. All of these ANS:- 2 1. Identifying the target group
9. A DSA means ? 2. Focused marketing
1. Directly Selling Authority 3. A strategy of DSAs
2. Direct Selling Agent 4. All of these
3. Direct Shifting Authority 5. None of these ANS:- 4
4. Domestic Seller Agent ANS:- 2 19. Market research is needed for _____________
5. Distributors and Selling Agencies 1. choosing the right sales persons
2. Choosing the right products 2. Increase sales
3. Making proper marketing decisions 3. Achive the organization's goals
4. Deciding the sales incentives 4. Always produce high quality products
5. None of these ANS:- 3 5. None of these ANS= 3
SET 2 The two components of a marketing strategy are
The marketing concept is a way of thinking or a 1. Marketing objectives and promotion
management philosophy that affects _____ 2. Marketing mix and marketing objectives
1. Only marketing activities 3. Target market and marketing mix
2. Most efforts of the organization 4. Target markets and promotions
3. Mainly the efforts of sales personnel 5. None of these ANS:- 3
4. Mainly customer relations Evaluating marketing performance by comparing it to
5. Only business organizations ANS:- 2 established standards is part of :
It is difficult to measure the morale of the sales team 1. Marketing planning
directly because 2. Organizing marketing activities
1. It is a tangible state 3. Coordinating marketing activities
2. It is an intangible state 4. Marketing Control
3. Employees hide the truth 5. None of these ANS:- 4
4. All of the above Which among the following is a durable good ?
5. None of the above ANS:- 2 1. Refrigerator
Most specifically, marketing strategy : 2. Biscuits
1. Is concerned with key dicissions requried to reach 3. Soap
an objective 4. Salt
2. Encompasses selecting and analysing a target 5. None of these ANS:- 1
market and creating and maintaining an To effectively monitor changes in the marketing
appropriate marketing mix environment, marketers must engage in :
3. expands geographic boundaries of markets to 1. use of the marketing concept
serve larger geographic areas 2. environmental scanning and analysis
4. Involves determining the direction and objectives 3. Information collection
of marketing management 4. Marketing research
5. None of these ANS:- 2 5. Environmental Management ANS:- 2
All of the following are marketing management tasks Marketing strategy during a recession should include
EXCEPT : 1. a reduction in the number of sales personnel
1. Marketing Planning 2. a reduction in the expenditures for new product
2. Organizing marketing activities development
3. Co-Ordinating marketing activities 3. a reduction in advertising ANS:- 4
4. Project development and analysis 4. promotional efforts that promote value and utility
5. Marketing control ANS:- 4 5. increase in expenditures for marketing operations
Marketing efforts are specifically aimed a : Which among the following is/are user/users of the
1. Distributing "someting of value" to buyers and outcome of the Marketign Reserach ?
sellers A) Consumers
2. Facilitating satisfying exchange relationships B) Business Firms
3. Developing new products for target markets C) Government
4. Understanding buyer behaviour to meet buyer D) Producers
needs 1. Only A
5. None of these ANS:- 2 2. Only A & B
The type of product that results from applying human 3. A, B & D
and mechanical efforts to people or objects is : 4. All the above
1. a service 5. none of these ANS:- 4
2. a good Why are marketers interested in the level of
3. an idea disposable income ?
4. a concept 1. it accurately represents future buying power
5. a philosophy ANS:- 1 2. it increases current buying power
The marketing conept is a philosophy that states that 3. it is what is left after taxes to buy luxuries with
an organization should try to satisfy customers needs 4. it is a ready source of buying power ANS:- 4
and at the same time : 5. it is essential for forecasting future business trends
1. Increase market share
What type of competitive structure exists when a firm ___________ are products bought by individuals and
produces a product that has no close substitutes ? organizations for further processing or for use in
1. Monopoly conducting a business ?
2. Oligopoly 1. Consumer Products
3. Perfect Competition 2. Services
4. Mixed Competition 3. Industrial Products
5. None of these ANS:- 1 4. Speciality Products
At the introductory stage, distribution is __________ 5. None of these ANS:- 3
1. massive The ________ is a person within a reference group
2. selective who, because of special skills, knowledge, personality,
3. neither 1 nor 2 or other characteristics, exerts influence on others
4. wide spred 1. facilitator
5. promotion ANS:- 2 2. reference actor
The period in the business cycle in which there is 3. opinion leader
extremely high unemployment, low wages, minimum 4. social role player
total disposable income, and a lack of confidence in the 5. none of these ANS:- 3
economy by consumers is ? ____________ includes practices such as overstating
1. recovery the product's features or performance, luring the
2. prosperity cutomer to the store for a bargain that is out of stock,
3. depression or running rigged contests.
4. recession 1. Deceptive promotion
5. growth ANS:- 3 2. Deceptive packaging
In Banking Services Market can be segmented on the 3. Deceptive pricing
basis of ? 4. Deceptive cost structure
1. Density 5. none of these ANS:- 1
2. Customers Sales targets are fixed on the basis of__________
3. Both 1 & 2 1. Past experience
4. Neither 1 & 2 2. Time period
5. None of these ANS:- 3 3. Brand positionary
Income left over after an individual pays taxes and 4. All the above
purchases the basic necessities of food, clothing and 5. None of these ANS:- 4
shelter is called : Which among the following is an exmaple of
1. disposable income Secondary Media ?
2. taxable income 1. Television
3. accounting income 2. Radio
4. discretionary income 3. Hoardings
5. credit ANS:- 4 4. News Papers
What type of competitive structure exists when a few 5. None of these ANS:- 3
sellers control a large portion of the supply of a _________ is a principle of enlightened marketing that
product ? requires that a company seek real product and
1. Monopoly marketing improvements.
2. Oligopoly 1. Innovative Marketing
3. Mixed competition 2. Consumer-oriented marketing
4. Perfect competition 3. Value marketing
5. None of these ANS:- 2 4. Sense-of-mission marketing
SET 3 5. none of these ANS:- 3
What is the name of the procedure used to predict the The fact that services are sold, produced, and
effects of new products and processes on a firm or on consumed at the same time refers to which of the
society in general ? following service characteristics ?
1. Technology Assessment 1. Intangibility
2. Environmental Scanning 2. Inseparability
3. Societal Estimation 3. Variability
4. Environmental Assessment 4. Perishability
5. Social Audit ANS:- 1 5. None of these ANS:- 2
Emotional and Rational buying motives can be
differentiated on the basis of
1. Time in purchasing misison statements should be all of the following
2. Dominance EXCEPT :
3. nature of Product 1. Market Oriented
4. All of the above 2. A statement of religion
5. None of these ANS:- 4 3. motivating
Marketing implies "Meeting needs of __________ 4. based on distinctive competencies
1. of the cutomer only 5. none of these ANS:- 2
2. of the needs of seller and buyer The primary reason that many companies work to
3. of the needs of the customers profitability become the "low-cost producers" in theri industry is
4. all the above because :
5. none ANS:- 3 1. the can generate more advertising
The purpose of strategic planning is to find ways in 2. they can please top management
which of the company can best : 3. they can gain tax advantages
1. overcome losses 4. they can set lower prices that result in greater sales
2. use its strengths to take advantage of attractive and profits
opportunities in the environment 5. none of these ANS:- 4
3. avoid paying taxes A company is practicing _______ if it focuses on sub
4. avoid the expense of costly research and segments with distinctive traits that may seek a special
development while still getting the benefits combination of benefits
5. none of these ANS:- 2 1. micro marketing
According to the price/quality strategy matrix, when a 2. niche marketing
company overprices its product in relation to its 3. mass marketing
quality it is considered to be using which type of 4. segment marketing
strategy ? 5. none of these ANS:- 2
1. Good-value strategy When a company reviews sales, costs, and profit
2. Premium strategy projections for a new product to find out whether
3. Overcharging strategy these factors satisfy the company's objectives, they are
4. Snob strategy in which of the following new process development
5. none of these ANS:- 3 stages ?
Consumer goods with unique characteristics or brand 1. Concept development and testing
identification often requiring a special purchase effort 2. Commercialization
are called : 3. Business analysis
1. custom products 4. Marketing strategy development
2. speciality products 5. none of these ANS:- 3
3. convenience products ______________________ has the advantage of being
4. shopping products high in selectivity, low cost, immediacy, and
5. none of these ANS:- 2 interactive capabilities.
_____________ is the practice of adopting policies and 1. Direct mail
developing strategies that both sustain the 2. Outdoor
environment and produces profits for the company 3. Online
1. Environmentalism 4. Radio
2. Environmental sustainability 5. None of these ANS:- 3
3. Consumerism SET 4
4. Consumer accountability A(n) ___________ is a name, term, sign, symbol or
5. None of these ANS:- 2 design, or a combination of these that identifies the
The following does not represent a market situation. maker or seller of a product or service
1. A bank 1. product feature
2. A fund rising Charity Show for the members of an 2. sponsorship
NGO 3. brand
3. A mediation Camp conducted by a club for it's 4. logo
members 5. none of these ANS:- 3
4. A stall distributing prasad of a mandir If your company were to make light bulbs to be used
5. All of the above ANS:- 4 in photocopiers, you would most likely be selling to a
Traditionally, companies have defined their business ____________ market
in product terms or in technological terms. However, 1. reseller
2. business
3. government 5. Neither 1 nor 2 ANS:- 3
4. service The premise underlying geodemographic targeting is
5. none of these ANS:- 2 that people who ____________ also share demographic
The markets are grouped into different types based on and lifestyle similarities
the geographical area, location of market place, 1. are in the same income category
product, nature of transaction and volume of 2. reside in similar areas
transaction. In the above statemet the following is not 3. are of the same age
correct 4. are of the same gender
1. nature of transaction 5. are of the same ethnic group ANS:- 2
2. geographical area The process of translating thought into a symbolic
3. location of marketing place form is known as _____________
4. volume of transaction 1. Encoding
5. all of the above ANS:- 3 2. Feedback
A company is in the ____________ stage of the new 3. Noise
product development process when the company 4. Decoding
develops the product concept into a physical product 5. The message channel ANS:- 1
in order to assure that the product in order to assure Which among the following advertising media has the
that the product idea can be turned into a workable maximum reach ?
product. 1. TV
1. product development 2. Radio
2. commercialization 3. Outdoor
3. marketing strategy 4. Magazines
4. business analysis 5. None of these ANS:- 2
5. none of these ANS:- 1 Which among the following media has the highest
Advertising is ________________ frequency ?
1. any paid form of non-personal presentation 1. T.V.
2. any unpaid form of non-personal presentation 2. Newspaper
3. to give public notice or to announce 3. Direct mall
4. all of the above 4. Magazines
5. none of these ANS:- 1 5. None of these ANS:- 1
'Early adopters' are the people The act of obtaining a desired object from someone by
1. who are opinion leaders offering something in return is called ?
2. who are willing to try new ideas 1. Transaction
3. both 1 and 2 2. Exchange
4. neither 1 nor 2 3. Relationship
5. none of these ANS:- 3 4. Value
media planning includes 5. none of these ANS:- 2
1. assessing lost The main disadvantage of 'Radio' as an Advertisement
2. selecting the right medium medium is ____________
3. both 1 and 2 1. No visual information
4. neither 1 nor 2 ANS:- 3 2. Narrow coverage
5. scheduling the advertizement timings 3. High cost
When a marketing research organization chooses a 4. All of these
segment of the population that represents the 5. None of these ANS:- 1
population as a whole, they have chosen a _____ What is the goal of Advertising ?
1. group 1. sales increase
2. bi-variant population 2. establish brand equity
3. sample 3. enter the target market
4. market target 4. all of the above
5. none of these ANS:- 3 5. none of these ANS:- 4
In India advertising for ___________ is not allowed on In a ____________ advertising schedule, advertising is
T.V. used during every period of the campaign, but the amount
1. liquor of advertising varies considerably from period to period.
2. Cigarette 1. flighting
3. Both 1 and 2 2. dated
4. Only 1 3. plotted
4. pulsing The marketing mixes of organizations that market
5. continuous ANS:- 4 services include product, price, promotion, place and :
People tend to view promotion from many vintage 1. packaging
points. Which alternative below is MOST accurate ? 2. premiums
1. promotion costs cause product costs to be higher 3. people
2. promotion activities make up the bulk of 4. purchasing
marketing 5. none of these ANS- 3
3. the role of promotion is to communicate and to Just in time technique is wider acceptance world over.
facilitate exchanges The technique was first introduced in
4. promotion should be directed toward numerious 1. India
audiences 2. Indonesia
5. none of these ANS:- 3 3. Japan
Services have special characteristics namely 4. America
____________ which affect their marketing process 5. None of these ANS:- 3
1. intangibility The consumer movement is
2. inseparability 1. against foreign imports that are much cheaper than
3. Heterogeneity products produced in the home market
4. Perishability 2. a movemnt that is trying to improve consumer
5. All the above ANS:- 5 satisfaction
A consumer contest is an example of 3. a social movment that is able to challenge big
1. personal selling business practices
2. sales promotion 4. a diverse group of individuals, groups and
3. advertising organizations attempting to protect the rights of
4. indirect selling consumers
5. public relations ANS:- 2 5. none of these ANS:- 4
SET 5 In terms of consumer demand and spending
The use of a pull policy may required heavy behaviour, marketers are most interested in
expenditures for 1. wealth
1. advertising and sales promotion 2. consumer credit
2. public relations and distribution 3. disposable income
3. personal selling and public relations 4. pretax income
4. distribution and advertising 5. high incomes ANS:- 3
5. none of these ANS:- 1 Marketing is _____________________
Marketing is best defined as 1. consumer oriented
1. matching a product with its market 2. competitors oriented
2. promoting and selling products 3. both 1 and 2
3. facilitating satisfying exchange relationships 4. neither 1 nor 2
4. distributing products at the right price to stores 5. none of these ANS:- 3
5. none of these ANS:- 3 The type of competitive structure that exists when a
A physical, concrete product you can touch is firm with many potential competitors attempts to
1. a service develop a differential marketing strategy to establish
2. a good its own market share is
3. an idea 1. mixed competition
4. a concept 2. oligopoly
5. a philosophy ANS:- 2 3. monopolistic competition
A marketing manager for a small computer 4. perfect competition
manufacturer is analyzing the potential effects of 5. none of these ANS:- 4
political, legal, social, and economic forces on the Which of these statements BEST describes
firm's operations. The marketing manager is international marketing ?
examining the _____________ that influence(s) the 1. Developing and performing marketing activities
firm's strategy across national boundaries
1. operating situation 2. the exporting of goods and services
2. marketing environment 3. the creation of value and the exchange of value
3. trends between countries
4. economic conditions 4. having firms with operations or subsidiaries
5. none of these ANS:- 2 located in many countries
5. none of these ANS:- 1 4. Labels
What restriction is faced in international marketing ? 5. Product characteristics ANS:- 3
1. tariffs When products are introduced into one nation from
2. customs duties another, acceptance is far more likely
3. qualitative restrictions 1. if prices are set very low
4. all of the above 2. when bribes are paid to local officials to aid
5. none of these ANS:- 1 distribution
Taxes levied by a nation on goods bought outside its 3. if there are similarities between the two cultures
borders and brought in, are called 4. if packaging is adjusted to match local customs
1. import duties 5. none of these ANS:- 3
2. export duties The _____________ is the difference in value between
3. export tariffs a nation's exports and its imports
4. quotas 1. balance of payments
5. import tariffs ANS:- 5 2. export / import ratio
The gross domestic product is 3. gross domestic product
1. a measure of the profit made by all firms in the 4. net trade value
nation 5. balance of trade ANS:- 5
2. the average annual earnings per person in the SET 6
nation Consumer day is celebrated on _________________
3. a measure of the types of products produced by a 1. 15th March
nation 2. 25th March
4. an overall measure of a nation's economic 3. 29th March
standing 4. 5th March
5. none of these ANS:- 4 5. 16th March ANS:- 1
A partnership between a domestic firm and a foreign Which product is MOST likely be purchased through
firm is known as routine decision making ?
1. a joint venture 1. Car
2. an international partnership 2. Desk
3. a multinational enterprise 3. Shirt
4. licensing 4. Soft Drink
5. exporting ANS:- 1 5. Television Set ANS:- 4
When two companies, who are usually rivals, come The three major categories of influences that are
together to do business on a worldwide basis, this believed to influence the consumer buying decision
partnership is known as a process are personal, psychological, and
1. joint venture 1. person-specific
2. strategic alliance 2. social
3. multinational venture 3. demographic
4. joint licensing 4. situational
5. none of these ANS:- 2 5. cultural ANS:- 2
Global marketing is Consumer behavior, Perception is a process through
1. the development of marketing strategies for the which
entire world or major regions of the world 1. a consumer make ultimate purchasing
2. performing marketing activities across national 2. a consumer is satisfied
boundaries 3. a consumer's mind receives, organizes and
3. the creation and the exchange of value between interprets physical stimuli
countries 4. both 1 and 3
4. having firms with operations or subsidiaries 5. none of these ANS:- 3
located in many countries Perception is a three-step process that involves
5. none of these ANS:- 1 1. motivation, personality and attitudes
Global marketing involves developing marketing 2. collecting, eliminating and organizing information
strategies as if the world is one market. Which one fo inputs
the following marketing mix variables is MOST 3. selecting, organizing and interpreting information
difficult to standardise for global marketing ? inputs
1. Brand name 4. anticipating, classifying and discarding
2. Package information inputs
3. Media allocation 5. none of these ANS:- 3
A change in an individual's behavior prompted by Advertising creates consumers demand for products
information and experience is called that they would otherwise not feel need to buy. This
1. learning statement is
2. role selection 1. Partially true
3. perception 2. Absolutely true
4. inculturation 3. Partially biased
5. motivation ANS:- 1 4. All of these
In on-line marketing, there is 5. None of the above ANS:- 1
1. No exchange The Strategy used to charge different prices for the
2. Exchange is the core of marketing same product is called
3. Guarantee 1. Price discrimination
4. Only warrantee 2. Price Revision
5. None of these ANS:- 2 3. Tariffs
In a market, the kings are _____________________ 4. Restrictions
1. consumers 5. None of these ANS:- 1
2. suppliers Psychological forces that influence where a person
3. producers purchases products on a regular basis are called :
4. marketing personnel 1. convenience responses
5. none of these ANS:- 1 2. patronage motives
Which among the following is / are characteristics of 3. shopping motives
common market ? 4. pattern responses
1. a common external trade policy exists 5. routine decisions ANS:- 2
2. there are no trade barriers among members A consumer's buying decisions are affected in part by
3. creates mobility of factors of production the people around him or her. These people and the
4. all of these forces they exert on a buyer are called
5. none of these ANS:- 4 1. motivational influences
In case of diamond, if the price goes up slightly, 2. social factors
demand will fall by a much larger margin. The 3. roles
demand is 4. personality influences
1. Zero elastic 5. cultural influences ANS:- 2
2. Highly price elastic Which among the following is a fundamental right of
3. Income elastic consumer ?
4. Low price elastic 1. Right to safety
5. None of these ANS:- 2 2. Right to be informed
In modern times ____________ is defined as the 5th P 3. Right to choose
of Marketing 4. All the above
1. Policy 5. None of the above ANS:- 4
2. Period The Consumer Protection Act, 1986 provides ______
3. Perception 1. convenient procedure
4. Packaging 2. time limit
5. None of these ANS:- 4 3. check on unfair practices
The three major personal influences believed to affect 4. all of the above
the consumer buying decision process are 5. none of these ANS:- 4
1. perception, motives, and attitudes SET 7
2. personality, learning and perception The nature of internet commerce can best be
3. demographic, situational and altitudes described as
4. situational, lifestyle and demographic 1. Tangible
5. situational, perception and motives ANS- 4 2. Non-Territorial
The purchase of ___________ is least likely to be 3. Territorial
affected by demographic factors 4. Both 1 & 2
1. a car 5. None of these ANS:- 1
2. table salt The law of Pull & Push of web marketing refers to
3. a computer for home use 1. Pull people to your site, then push quality
4. fast food information to them
5. low fat cheese ANS:- 2 2. Pull people to your site and force them to purchase
3. Push people into your business
4. Pull the interest of people 4. all of the above
5. None of these ANS:- 1 5. none of these ANS:- 2
What is the first thing about an advertisement that The group of people within an organization who are
attracts our attention ? involved in making organizational purchase decisions
1. Product is referred to as
2. Music 1. the new-task team
3. Model 2. negotiators
4. Special Effects 3. purchasing agents
5. None of these ANS:- 1 4. deciders
M-Commerce is a new term in latest marketing 5. the buying centre ANS:- 5
technique. It is _______________ What do you mean by Delphi Technique in Market
1. Misuse of Mobile phones & E-commerce Research ?
2. Mobile phones in marketing 1. In this a questionnaire is prepared
3. Marketing by Commerce Students 2. Depth interviews are conducted
4. Mega Commercial activities 3. Information is elicited by means of discussions
5. None of these ANS:- 1 with various experts in the field
Most organizational purchase decisions are made by 4. All of the above
1. one person 5. None of these ANS:- 3
2. a team of purchasing agents For routinely purchased items, buyers are frequently
3. a firm's buying centre the :
4. inventory control personnel 1. Users
5. the sales force ANS:- 3 2. Influencers
To determine its strengths and weaknesses, manager 3. Deciders
might ask customers all of the following except 4. Gatekeepers
1. Was the quality good ? 5. None of these ANS:- 3
2. Was the price reasonable ? Information systems can assist managers by _______
3. Have you heard the company slogan ? 1. Providing information
4. Was the delivery efficient ? 2. Providing data on internal sources
5. None of these ANS:- 3 3. Directing
If the market share of a company is increasing 4. All of the above
1. It is a sign of progress 5. None of these ANS:- 4
2. The company must take the action to arrest the In the AIDAS theory of selling 'D' stands for
trend 1. Determinants
3. Both 1 & 2 2. Demand
4. Neither 1 nor 2 3. Desire
5. None of these ANS:- 1 4. Development
In modern days sales approach is based on 5. None of these ANS:- 3
1. Value sharing Which among the following is the main advantage of
2. Relation building depth interviews ?
3. Co-ordinated approach 1. Accurate information
4. All the above 2. Hidden information
5. None of these ANS:- 4 3. Time saving
The demand for many industrial products for which a 4. High cost
price increase or decrease will not significantly affect 5. None of these ANS:- 2
the demand is Primary data is generally collected through
1. elastic 1. Survey
2. inelastic 2. Experiment
3. derived 3. Observation
4. joint 4. Census report
5. none of these ANS:- 2 5. None of these ANS:- 1
As a counselor, a personnel manager __________ Secondary data is collected through
1. reminds the management of moral obligations 1. Observation
towards employees 2. Survey
2. encourages the employees 3. Official record
3. tries to settle the disputes between labour and 4. Experiment
management 5. None of these ANS:- 3
Primary data are BEST described as the : 3. Yellow pages
1. first batch of data collected for a specific study 4. surveys
2. data that are observed, recorded, or collected from 5. computerized databases ANS:- 4
respondents Casual research is
3. data that were compiled for some purpose other 1. Together primary data to shed light on the real
than the current study nature of the problem
4. data that are collected from a computerized 2. to ascertain certain magnitudes
database 3. to find out cause and effect relationship
5. none of these ANS:- 2 4. to explore the gravity of the situation
SET 8 5. none of these ANS:- 3
Data compiled inside or outside the organization for The main aspect of 'casual research' is ____________
some purpose other than the current research 1. necessary condition
investigation are termed __________ data : 2. sufficient condition
1. organizational 3. both 1 & 2
2. primary 4. neither 1 nor 2
3. secondary 5. none of these ANS:- 3
4. exploratory Niche Marketing refers to
5. descriptive ANS:- 3 1. a strategy that specializes in limited or unique
The quantity for which orders are placed when stock product category
reaches the re-order level is called 2. a strategy that specializes niche products
1. EOQ 3. both 1 & 2
2. EPQ 4. neither 1 nor 2
3. DOQ 5. none of these ANS:- 1
4. MOQ Which of the following is the best definition of value ?
5. None of these ANS:- 1 1. a technical measure of a company's selling price
In testing a new product, concept testing is relative to its production costs
1. Customer reaction to the idea of product 2. a measure of the mark-up charged by companies
2. Sales man reaction to the idea of product 3. the lowest prices available to consumers
3. to put the real product into a few selected markets 4. the best price available for customer meeting his
4. to assess the total product performance expectations ANS:- 5
5. none of these ANS:- 1 5. the ratio of benefits to costs available to buyers
The real value of marketing research to the The major DISADVANTAGE of a mail survey versus
organization can best be understood by a telephone or personal interview survey is
1. its immediate impact on profits 1. having to offer incentives
2. the amount of time spent 2. the low response rate
3. how much it costs ANS:- 4 3. the elimination of interview bias
4. improvements in the ability to make decisions 4. the lack of open-ended questions
5. the increase in sales volume or market share 5. cost ANS:- 2
The first step in planning a marketing research If marketing research shows that an aggregate of
project is : people do not desire a particular product, the people
1. conducting a cost / benefit analysis in the aggregate :
2. searching the environment 1. are a market for the product
3. defining and locating problems 2. do not have the ability to purchase the product
4. assessing organization resources 3. do not have the authority to purchase the product
5. defining goals and objectives ANS:- 3 4. are not market for the product ANS:- 4
When more information is needed about the problem 5. are a market but will not purchase the product
and the tentative hypothesis needs to be made3 more Which one of the following is an example of a
specific, marketers usually conduct ____research : customer in an organizational market ?
1. descriptive studies 1. a homemaker who buys detergent
2. casual investigations 2. a consumer who hires a solicitor
3. exploratory studies 3. a shop owner who buys pencils fo ruse in his shop
4. statistical studies 4. a plant manager who buys petrol for her personal
5. syndicated research ANS:- 3 car
Secondary data CANNOT be obtained from : 5. none of these ANS:- 4
1. trade journals The two approaches to identify a target market are the
2. government reports 1. total market and undifferentiated approaches
2. product differentiation and customer 4. a benefit
differentiation approaches 5. none of these ANS:- 2
3. multisegment and concentration approaches An aggregate of people who, as individuals, have needs
4. total market and market segmentation approaches for products in a product class and have the ability,
5. none of these ANS:- 4 willingness and authority to purchase such products is
Generally the best research approach suited for called a :
descriptive research is 1. market segment
1. observation 2. target market
2. survey 3. customer group
3. cross sectional 4. market
4. experimental 5. none of these ANS:- 4
5. none of these ANS:- 2 The total market approach to finding a target market
Generally speaking the best research approach for will probably be UNSUCCESSFUL when :
casual research is 1. product differentiation is used
1. observation 2. the firm defines the total market as its target
2. survey market
3. cross sectional 3. people within the market have heterogeneous
4. experimental needs
5. none of these ANS:- 4 4. people within the market have homogeneous
Which one of the following products is LEAST likely needs
to be segmented according to stages in the family life 5. none of these ANS:- 3
cycle An organizational structure designed to overcome the
1. single person housing problems of individual sales organizations is called
2. ford cars 1. Hybrid sales organization
3. holidays to Greece 2. Double sales organization
4. Diet Coke 3. Triple sales organization
5. Hotpoint refrigerators ANS:- 4 4. All of the above
The three psychographic dimensions most commonly 5. None of these ANS:- 1
used in market segmentation are : A firm with limited resources can compete with much
1. personality, perception and learning larger organization by :
2. personality, perception and behavior 1. concentrating its efforts on a single segment
3. motives, attitudes and lifestyles 2. using a multi-segment targeting strategy
4. personality, motives and lifestyles 3. using a geographical segmentation variable
5. none of these ANS:- 4 4. using multivaluable segmentation ANS:- 1
Generally speaking, the best research approach for 5. concentrating its efforts on the total population
exploratory research is Which of the following is NOT usually defined as an
1. observation element of the marketing mix ?
2. survey 1. Products
3. cross sectional 2. People
4. experimental 3. Place
5. none of these ANS:- 1 4. Profits
SET 9 5. None of these ANS:- 4
To ensure the effectiveness of segmentation, the An organizational system in which responsibility and
segments should be measurable, substantial, authority are delegated to lower levels of sales
accessible, and : management is called
1. precise 1. decentralized organization
2. stable 2. centralized organization
3. economic 3. both 1 & 2
4. reachable 4. regional organization
An attribute of a product that is desired by customers In non profit oriented marketing ____________
in a target marekt and which competing products 1. objectives are more complex
cannot match is termed ________________ 2. objectives are less complex
1. a strength 3. objectives are very simple
2. a differential advantage 4. objectives are not defined
3. a selling point 5. none of these ANS:- 1
A product's _____ is the place it occupies in the minds Market __________ is the process of identifying
of consumers relative to competing brands : groups of customers with basically similar wants,
1. segment needs, preferences of buying behaviors.
2. position 1. Development
3. attribute 2. Positioning
4. image 3. Segmentation
5. perceptual map ANS:- 4 4. Targeting
The primary purpose of 'packaging' is 5. None of these ANS:- 3
1. Protection Items that are purchased routinely, do not become
2. Appeal part of the final physical product, and are treated like
3. Performance expense items rather than capital goods are called
4. All of the above 1. raw materials
5. None of these ANS:- 1 2. major equipment
Peter Drucker noted the relationship between selling 3. accessory equipment
and marketing in the following terms : 4. component part
1. Marketing is a subsidiary component of selling 5. process materials ANS:- 3
2. The aim of marketing is to make selling Positioning of a product is based on :
superfluous 1. The price charged for the product
3. The aim of selling is to make marketing 2. The promotional pitch for the product
superfluous 3. Product characteristics
4. Selling 4. All of the above
5. All of the above ANS:- 2 5. None of the above ANS:- 4
A light bulb can be considered all of the following Which one of the following is NOT an industrial
EXCEPT product ?
1. a consumer product 1. oil to be refined into fuel for homes
2. a business to business product 2. transistors used as components for portable radios
3. either a consumer product or an industrial product 3. paper, pens and glue used in bank branch offices
4. an industrial product if it is used to light an 4. a marketing consultant who prepares marketing
assembly line in a factory plants for clients
5. a consumer product if it is used to light the office 5. computer software to help people complete
of the board of directors ANS:- 5 personal tax forms ANS:- 5
An example of a convenience consumer product is SET 10
1. stereo equipment A brand name is one of the elements of the
2. petrol 1. core product
3. a motorcycle 2. actual product
4. a bicycle 3. augmented product
5. athletic shoes ANS:- 2 4. all the above
Products that are relatively inexpensive and are 5. none of these ANS:- 2
purchased frequently with minimal effort can be A product item can be best described as a
classified as ___________ products. 1. component of a marketing mix
1. shopping 2. particular type of brand
2. convenience 3. specific characteristics of a company's product
3. industrial 4. specific version of a product
4. specialty 5. unit of the marketing mix ANS:- 4
5. unsought ANS:- 2 A group of closely related product items that are
Which of the following statements is NOT true about considered to be a unit because of marketing,
the concept of a customer ? technical, or end-use considerations is a product
1. A customer and consumer are always the same 1. category
thing - the terms are 2. dimension
2. completely interchangeable 3. extension
3. customers can be described as clients 4. line
4. a customer doesn't necessarily consume the 5. mix ANS:- 4
product that they have purchased Which among the following is a non-durable good ?
5. customers are satisfied clients ANS:- 5 1. soap
2. maturity
3. color T.V
4. clothes 5. none of these ANS:- 1
5. none of these ANS:- 1 A product mix is best described as
Aggressive pricing is typical during the ________ stage 1. all products offered by a firm
of the product life cycle. 2. product, distribution, promotion and price
1. decline 3. all products of a particular type
2. growth 4. a group of closely related products
3. introduction 5. none of these ANS:- 1
4. plateau Innovation means
5. stabilization ANS:- 2 1. compensation
Administered prices are prices fixed by the 2. inspiration
government normally on the basis of ____________ 3. additional perquisites
1. cost 4. implementing new ideas or new methods
2. margin of profit 5. none of these ANS:- 4
3. cost plus a stipulated margin of profit A call means
4. market forces 1. calling on friends
5. none of these ANS:- 3 2. calling on bank employees
A specialty product 3. calling on prospective customers
1. requires minimal effort to purchase 4. to make telephone calls
2. is purchased frequently 5. calling on relatives ANS:- 3
3. requires purchase planning, and the buyer will not The rate of sales growth declines in the
accept substitutes _______________ stage of the product life cycle.
4. is generally less expensive than other items in the 1. introduction
same product class 2. growth
5. prompts the purchaser to make comparisons 3. maturity
among alternatives ANS:- 3 4. decline
What does the acronym FMCG refer to ? 5. none of these ANS:- 3
1. Functional, mid-riced, or compulsory goods The _______________ stage of the product life cycle,
2. Famous, manufacturer's clothing goods (i.e., generates most sales revenue for the firm.
designer labels) 1. introduction
3. Fast Moving Consumer Goods 2. growth
4. Frequent Market Consumption Goods 3. maturity
5. None of these ANS:- 3 4. decline
A prospect means 5. none of these ANS:- 3
1. any customer who walks into the bank Firms that use _______________ are less likely to
2. an employee of the bank damage theri reputation if a new product fails
3. a customer who is likely to be interested in bank's 1. individual branding
product or service 2. overall family branding
4. a depositor of the bank 3. line family branding
5. a borrower of the bank ANS:- 3 4. brand extension branding
It is less expensive for a firm to keep an existing 5. none of these ANS:- 1
customer than to find a new one. This is one reason The traditional marketing style involves
why a firm's own personnel play a key role in 1. telemarketing
delivering and maintaining customer satisfaction. 2. digital marketing
Personnel are one of the elements in the __________ 3. retail marketing
product. 4. direct marketing
1. core 5. all of these ANS:- 3
2. actual A method, in which brand equity measured by
3. augmented comparing differences between the retail price of the
4. all the above 'brand' and the retail price of an unbranded product
5. none of the above ANS:- 3 in the same category is called ______________
A lead means 1. brand goodwill method
1. a prospect who is more likely to avail of the 2. price premium method
Bank's product 3. both 1 and 2
2. a political leader 4. neither 1 nor 2
3. a religious leader 5. price increment method ANS:- 2
4. a bank chairman
SET 11 ____________ brands usually require a producer to
Which among the following is / are true about 'Brand become involved in distribution, promotion, and
Rejuvenation' ? pricing decisions.
1. It adds value to an existing brand 1. Retailer
2. It refocus the attention of consumer 2. Manufacturer
3. It helps overcome the consumer's boredom 3. Own label
4. All of the above 4. Wholesaler
5. None of the above ANS:- 4 5. none of these ANS:- 2
Modern method of marketing include When a firm uses one of its existing brand names as
1. publicity on the net part of a brand name for an improved or new product,
2. advertisement on the net the branding is called ____________
3. soliciting business through e-mails 1. individual branding
4. tele marketing 2. overall family branding
5. all of these ANS:- 5 3. line family branding
Marketers should view packaging as a major strategic 4. brand-extension branding
tool, especially for 5. none of these ANS:- 4
1. consumer convenience products When ______________ branding is used, all of a firm's
2. consumer shopping products products are branded with the same name or atleast
3. industrial products part of the name
4. specialty products 1. individual
5. none of these ANS:- 1 2. trademark
A true marketing requires 3. family
1. command and other mindset 4. selective
2. control mindset 5. extension ANS:- 3
3. passive mindset The four levels of brands are the tangible product, the
4. active mindset basic brand, the potential brand and the
5. none of these ANS:- 4 ______________ brand
Multiple packaging is 1. targeted
1. likely to increase demand 2. augmented
2. the same as family packaging 3. aggregated
3. the most effective type of packaging 4. positioned
4. the most expensive type of packaging 5. none of these ANS:- 2
5. none of these ANS:- 2 Which of the following sentences is true ?
The package design of a bag of flour would most likely 1. Marketing is not required in a Buyer's Market
be criticized for being 2. Marketing is not required in a Seller's Market
1. unsafe to the environment 3. Marketing is not required due to competition
2. unsafe to the user 4. Marketing is not required due to liberalization
3. deceptive 5. Marketing is not required due to globalization
4. functionality deficient ANS:- 4 6. ANS:- 2
5. well suited for multiple-unit packaging For effective marketing the salesmen should have
The label on a soft drink reads "cool and refreshing". which of these qualities
For what reason are these words used ? 1. Creativity
1. To provide information 2. Team Spirit
2. To encourage multiple purchases 3. Motivation
3. To promote the product 4. Effective Communication Skills
4. To satisfy legal requirements 5. All of these ANS:- 5
5. none of these ANS:- 3 Market information means
One distinguishing factor between a brand name and a 1. Knowledge of shops and bazaars
brand mark is that a brand name 2. Knowledge of shopping malls
1. creates customer loyalty 3. knowledge of customer profile and product mix
2. consists of words 4. knowledge of various languages
3. identifies only one item in the product mix 5. none of these ANS:- 3
4. implies an organization's name Labeling is important for three reasons, including
5. none of these ANS:- 2 promotional and legal reasons. What is the third
reason ?
1. Marketing
2. Branding A situation whereby market is expanded by
3. Strategic developing new products to satisfy new consumer
4. Informational needs is called _____________________
5. none of these ANS:- 4 1. Market development
Which among the following is / are advantages of 2. Diversification
packaging ? 3. Both 1 and 2
1. it helps increase sales 4. Neither 1 nor 2
2. it adds to the use of product 5. None of these ANS:- 2
3. it helps in storage Managing a product in the growth stage of its life cycle
4. all of the above might include
5. none of the above ANS:- 4 1. Lowering prices after developmental costs have
A brand manager in a multiproduct firm would be been recovered
considered responsible for 2. Raising promotion expenditures as a percentage of
1. the performance of a specific brand total sales as sales increase
2. all brands within a product line 3. Moving from intensive to selective product
3. branding the products of the firm exposure
4. all brands made by the firm 4. Reducing the number of product models in the
5. none of these ANS:- 1 product line
The members of a venture team come from ? 5. None of these ANS:- 1
1. the marketing department A company wanting to maintain market share during
2. the research and development department the maturity stage requires moderate and some times
3. the production and finance departments large
4. different functional areas of an organization 1. advertising expenditures
5. none of these ANS:- 4 2. distribution expenditures
All of the following are major steps in developing new 3. production expenditures
products except 4. price increases
1. test marketing 5. packaging modifications ANS:- 1
2. evaluation of competitors efforts Market Research is needed for
3. screening 1. checking the market area
4. business analysis 2. checking the right product to be sold
5. idea generation ANS:- 2 3. making proper marketing decisions
SET 12 4. deciding right time to sell
Which step in developing new products involves 5. all of these ANS:- 3
determining whether the product idea is compatible A phase out approach can be best described as :
with company objectives, needs, and resources on a 1. allowing the product to decline without a change
general level ? in the marketing strategy
1. Product Development 2. exploiting any strengths left in the product
2. Screening 3. immediately dropping the product from the
3. Idea Generation product mix ANS:- 1
4. Business Analysis 4. intensifying marketing efforts in core markets
5. None of these ANS:- 2 5. stopping production to get rid of material surplus
During which stage of new product development does Which of the following statements is true
the firm consider profitability ? 1. Marketing makes the company to go into loss due
1. Idea Generation to higher expenses
2. Testing 2. Marketing is not required in profit making
3. Business Analysis companies
4. Product Development 3. Marketing sharpens the minds of the employees
5. Compatibility research ANS:- 3 4. Marketing is a time bound seasonal function
The level of commitment that consumers feel towards 5. Marketing is a waste of time ANS:- 4
a given brand is called ______________ Compared with other phases of the new product
1. Brand equity development process, the largest number of new
2. Brand name product ideas are rejected during the ______ phase
3. Brand loyalty 1. idea generation
4. Brand utility 2. concept testing
5. None of these ANS:- 3 3. business analysis
4. screening
5. test marketing ANS:-4 4. quality
Marketing plan helps in 5. package ANS:- 1
1. better lead generation Price strategies become more mixed during the
2. better systems __________ stage of the product life cycle :
3. better results 1. growth
4. improved balance sheet 2. maturity
5. better customer service ANS:- 1 3. decline
If marketing is done effectively which of the following 4. introduction
is not requried ? 5. none of these ANS:- 2
1. Advertisement In a selling process in today's world ______________
2. Publicity 1. only standard products are sold
3. Market Research 2. no customization required
4. Market Segmentation 3. the seller need not have product knowledge
5. None of these ANS:- 2 4. the seller should aim at customer satisfaction
Motivation means 5. only quantum of sales matters ANS:- 4
1. Inspiring employees to perform better SET 13
2. Better communication skills Dropping an unprofitable product immediately is the
3. Sales Coaching best strategy when
4. Market Research 1. All advertising and promotional efforts have been
5. None of these ANS:- 1 exhausted
During the growth stage of the product life cycle, the 2. Losses are too great to prolong the product's life
marketer should 3. The product's performance cannot be improved
1. fortify the product position 4. There is low compatibility with the firm's business
2. move to exclusive distribution strategies
3. raise the price 5. None of these ANS:- 2
4. increase promotion as a percentage of sales Classification of products into goods, services, and
5. none of these ANS:- 1 ideas is determined by the :
During the maturity stage 1. Degree of labour intensiveness
1. Product modifications are unnecessary 2. Type of markets
2. there is less emphasis on changing a product's 3. Dominant component
price 4. Skill of the service provider
3. marketing strategies are rarely altered 5. Degree of consumer contact ANS:- 3
4. some competitors are forced out Of the following alternatives, which service is the most
5. none of these ANS:- 4 people-based ?
In product modification, the FIRST issue to consider 1. Dry cleaning
is whether : 2. Carpet cleaning
1. the cost of the modification is too high 3. Swimming instruction
2. the product is modifiable 4. Airline flight
3. the quality is modifiable 5. Hotel accommodations ANS:- 3
4. the modification will provide the customer greater In service marketing, the most important link to the
satisfaction customer is
5. none of these ANS:- 2 1. effective advertising
A major problem with using style modification is that 2. good word-of-mouth communication
1. customers have difficulty recognizing that a 3. well-trained contact employees
change has been made 4. the tangible aspects of the service
2. such changes do not yield long lasting appeal 5. exceptional service quality ANS:- 3
3. customers may perceive such modifications as less Which one of the following can be considered a high-
attractive contact service ?
4. they are almost always very costly 1. Postal service
5. none of these ANS:- 3 2. Car repair
Changes that affect a product's versatility, 3. Health care
effectiveness, convenience, or safety are called 4. Banking
_____________ modifications 5. Dry cleaning ANS:- 3
1. functional Marketing activities conducted by individuals and
2. formal organizations to achieve some goal other than
3. style ordinary business goals such as profit is :
1. non business marketing 5. none of these ANS:- 3
2. organization marketing A channel of distribution is a group of individuals and
3. individual marketing organizations that
4. enterprise marketing 1. directs the flow of products from producers to
5. none of these ANS:- 1 customers
A group of individuals who have an interest in or 2. links producers to other marketing intermediaries
concern about an organization, a product, or a social 3. takes title to products and resells them
cause is a(n) : 4. manages transportation and warehousing functions
1. direct consumer 5. none of these ANS:- 1
2. client consumer The diagram represents - Producer ->
3. target public Wholesaler/Distributor -> Retailer -> Consumer
4. general public 1. Zero level channel
5. indirect consumer ANS:- 3 2. One level channel
The necessary interaction between services provider 3. Two level channel
and customer that allows a service to be delivered is 4. Four level channel
called 5. None of these ANS:- 3
1. customer contact In one-level channel there is no _______________
2. service exchange 1. Wholesaler
3. marketing 2. Retailer
4. relationship marketing 3. Consumer
5. service contact ANS:- 1 4. Producer
Consumers look closely at service quality when 5. None of these ANS:- 1
comparing competing services because A channel strategy that limits availability of products
1. they perceive all services to be essentially the to a few carefully selected outlets in a given market
same area is called ______________
2. all services are priced about the same 1. Selective channel
3. quality is the only relevant service characteristic 2. Intensive channel
4. services are very difficult to evaluate 3. Both 1 & 2
5. none of these ANS:- 4 4. Neither 1 nor 2
Which one of the following services is NOT labour 5. None of these ANS:- 1
intensive ? Most, but not all, marketing channels have marketing
1. Education intermediaries. A marketing intermediary, sometimes
2. Hair care called a middleman
3. Insurance 1. is always a wholesaler
4. Fitness centre 2. links producers to other middlemen or the ultimate
5. Legal counsel ANS:- 4 users of the products
What is the marketing objective of non-business 3. always sells products to retailers
organizations ? 4. does not take title to products
1. To provide an idea or service to the public 5. none of these ANS:- 2
2. To obtain a desired response from a target market An intermediary between the producer and consumer
or public is called
3. To obtain a return on social investment 1. Middlemen
4. To determine the target market and to create and 2. Agent
maintain a satisfying marketing mix 3. Broker
5. none of these ANS:- 2 4. All of the above
Marketing channel refers to _________________ 5. None of these ANS:- 1
1. A physical channel for movement of goods in The marketing channel of producer to retailer to
them from the seller to the buyer consumer is MOST likely to be used by producers of
2. A set of firms who handle the physical movement which of the following products ?
of goods from one point to another 1. Chewing gum
3. Different departments of the producer firm which 2. Tobacco
are associated in ensuring delivery of goods to the 3. Cars
buyer 4. Hardware
4. A set of independent organizations involved in the 5. Cream crackers ANS:- 3
process of making a product or service available Of the following intermediaries, __________ are not
for use or consumption found working for banks
1. Direct sales agents 1. take title to a producer's goods before selling them
2. Wholesellers to retailers or consumers
3. Automobiles dealers 2. sell directly to the final consumer
4. Merchant establishments 3. supply products in the food industry by
5. None of these ANS:- 2 developing permanent, trusting relationships with
SET 14 buyers
The main reason a manufacturer may try to prohibit 4. sell delivery to producers
intermediaries from selling its products outside 5. bring buyers and sellers together ANS:- 5
designated sales territories is to The broad objective of channel selection is __________
1. tighten its control over distribution of its products 1. Availability of production in the target market
2. discourage competition from other manufacturers 2. Smooth movement of the product
3. incorporate selective distribution 3. Information communication
4. contain costs 4. All of the above
Wholesaling is best defined as Which among the following is not a function of
1. all transactions in which products are bought for marketing channel ?
resale, for making other products, or for general 1. Buying
business operations 2. Selling
2. all transactions made at retail outlets only 3. Producing
3. all transactions in which purchases are for 4. Promoting
production of other goods only 5. none of these ANS:- 3
4. all marketing activities necessary to expedite The people and organizations who assists the flow of
exchanges to ultimate consumers products and information to marketing channels are
5. none of these ANS:- 1 called _____________
From a retailer's point of view, the MOST basic 1. Merchants
advantage of using a wholesaler is that the wholesaler 2. Dealers
1. extends credit to the retailer 3. Both 1 and 2
2. provides storage facilities to the retailer 4. Facilitating agents
3. can perform physical distribution activities more 5. none of these ANS:- 4
efficiently than the retailer A Target Market is
4. takes ownership of goods for the retailer 1. entire country
5. none of these ANS:- 3 2. entire city
A merchant wholesaler 3. entire globe
1. takes title and assumes risk and is generally 4. that which consists of customers who need the
involved in buying and reselling products identified product
2. takes title and possession of goods and sells only 5. all of these ANS:- 4
to retailers Sales forecasting involves
3. does not take title and possession of goods but 1. Sales planning
may facilitate 2. Sales pricing
4. deals exclusively with industrial products 3. Distribution Channels
5. none of these ANS:- 1 4. Consumer tastes
Find the true statement 5. all of these ANS:- 4
1. Marketing is a waste of the employee's time The functions of distribution channel do not include __
2. Marketing is not required in India due to its vast 1. Gathering and providing market information
population 2. Marketing research
3. Marketing involves additional work 3. Assisting the consumer in understanding and using
4. Marketing involves team work the goods
5. Marketing is not required today due to IT 4. Promoting the sales of goods
advancement ANS:- 4 5. none of these ANS:- 2
A cash-and-carry wholesaler would be expected to Distribution channels carry out the following functions
1. provide transportation except ___________________
2. handle high turnover products 1. Physical distribution
3. provide credit 2. Fixing the price
4. carry a wide variety of products 3. Matching the offer
5. provide a wide range of services ANS:- 2 4. Risk taking
The primary purpose of a broker is to 5. None of these ANS:- 2
A manufacturer owned middleman that sells products 3. public relations
and provides support services for the manufacturer's 4. sales promotion
sales force is called a sales ___________ 5. personal selling ANS:- 2
1. branch ___________ is a broad set of communication activities
2. office used to create and maintain favorable relations
3. manager between the organization and public
4. broker
5. agent ANS:- 1 1. advertising
The retailer is usually in an excellent position to 2. selling
1. make the most profits in the channel 3. a press strategy
2. be the channel leader 4. public relations
3. gain feedback from consumers 5. publicity ANS:- 4
4. co-ordinate the production strategy A television advertisement showing the safety features
5. none of these ANS:- 3 of the Volvo 240 DL would be best classified as which
A direct marketing channel is also called as _____ of the following ?
level channel. 1. Product advertising
1. Three 2. Pioneer advertising
2. two 3. Defensive advertising
3. one 4. Societal marketing
4. zero 5. Publicity ANS:- 1
5. none of these ANS:- 4 The final stage in the development of an advertising
Direct marketing and automatic vending are examples campaign is
of 1. creating the advertising platform
1. off-premise retailing 2. developing the media plan
2. portfolio retailing 3. creating the advertising message
3. non-store retailing 4. evaluating the effectiveness of advertising
4. off-price retailing 5. none of these ANS:- 4
5. direct retailing ANS:- 3 Advertising appropriations are largest for which type
Which one of the following is NOT a form of direct of product
marketing ? 1. industrial products
1. catalog retailing 2. convenience goods
2. telemarketing 3. high-priced products
3. personal selling 4. specialty goods
4. direct mail 5. infrequently purchased goods ANS:- 2
5. none of these ANS:- 3 The ___________ is supposed to attract readers'
An arrangement in which a supplier grants a dealer attention and develop sufficient interest so that they
the right to sell products in exchange for some type of will read the entire advertisement.
consideration is 1. signature
1. licensing 2. layout
2. retailing 3. headline
3. franchising 4. artwork
4. wholesaling 5. sub-headline ANS:- 3
5. none of these ANS:- 3 Artwork, a major part of most advertisements,
SET 15 consists of the
The physical arrangement of the illustration, headline, 1. illustration and the signature
sub-headline, body copy, and the signature is called 2. illustration and the layout
1. artwork 3. illustration and type of print used in the headlines
2. copy 4. layout and the signature
3. art design 5. method by which all the components are put
4. layout together ANS:- 2
5. storyboard ANS:- 4 A marketer uses pioneer advertising to :
____________ is communication in news story form 1. promote established brands
about an organization, its products, or both, that is 2. compare brand names
transmitted through a mass medium at no charge. 3. promote a product in the introductory stage of the
1. advertising life cycle
2. publicity 4. introduce a competitive version of the product
5. none of these ANS:- 3 Before contacting acceptable prospects, a salesperson
Capital goods are the goods which are for an industrial cleaning equipment, company
1. consumed directly analyzes, information about the prospects' product
2. durable goods needs, feelings about brands, and personal
3. used for further production characteristics. This process is called
4. both 1 & 2 1. prospecting
5. none of these ANS:- 3 2. preparing
Personal selling tries to achieve three general goals : 3. approaching the customer
finding prospects, convincing prospects to buy, and 4. sales training
1. monitoring new products being developed 5. sales planning ANS:- 2
2. being aware of competitors' sales activities The main reason for establishing sales territories to
3. depending on one-sale customers 1. secure optimum market coverage
4. avoiding repeat sales 2. reduce selling expenses
5. keeping customers satisfied ANS:- 5 3. facilitate planning and control of selling
The final stage of the selling process is the operations
1. closing 4. improve sales force performance and morale
2. trial close 5. none of these ANS:- 1
3. presentation Which among the following is/are duty/ies of the sales
4. follow-up manager ?
5. overcoming of objections ANS:- 4 1. organizing sales research
Which of the following is least likely to be directly 2. setting and controlling the targets
involved in actually making sales ? 3. advising the company on sales promotion
1. order taker 4. all of the above
2. current-customer salesperson 5. none of these ANS:- 4
3. order getter SET 16
4. fixed order taker The person or firm that buys large quantity of goods
5. support personnel ANS:- 5 from various producers or vendors, warehouses them,
In establishing sales promotion objectives, a marketer and resells to retailers is called
should always 1. Industrial distributor
1. concentrate on activities that increase consumer 2. Production agent
demand 3. Wholesaler
2. focus on consumers 4. Manufacturer's agent
3. be defensive in the method used 5. Producer ANS:- 3
4. align objectives with the organization's overall The type of sales person that usually required training
objectives in physical science or engineering is the
5. none of these ANS:- 4 1. trade salesperson
Which of the following is most likely to stimulate 2. missionary salesperson
customer loyalty ? 3. technical salesperson
1. corruption 4. order take
2. sweepstakes 5. order getting ANS:- 3
3. frequent-user incentives which among the following is the most commonly used
4. samples sales promotional technique in India ?
5. premiums ANS:- 3 1. Price Deals
A ___________ is a gift to a retailer who purchases a 2. Refunds and Refits
specified quantity of merchandise. 3. Both 1 and 2
1. dealer loader 4. Neither 1 nor 2
2. premium 5. None of these ANS:- 4
3. dealer listing Sales promotion is best defined as a(n)
4. merchandise allowance 1. activity and / or material used as a direct
5. count and recount ANS:- 1 inducement to resellers, salespersons, or
The first step in the selling process is consumers
1. preapproach 2. advertising and publicity campaign
2. approaching the customer 3. cyclical activity aimed at producing short-run
3. making the presentation effects on sales
4. overcoming objections 4. activity and/or material used in personal selling
5. prospecting ANS:- 5 5. none of these ANS:- 1
A limitation of sales promotion is that excessive sales High-contact services include which of the following
promotion efforts directed at price reductions can lead examples ?
to 1. Photo developing
1. stronger consumer demand for information 2. Cinemas
provided through advertising 3. Car repairs
2. a decline in the brand's image 4. Garden Landscaping
3. a decline in the organization's image 5. Medical services ANS:- 5
4. increased costs of promotion Consumers' service expectations are influenced by
5. none of these ANS:- 2 advertising, word-of-moutn communication, and
______________ are items offered free or at minimal 1. recommendations from friends
cost as a bonus for purchasing a product 2. past experiences with the service
1. Rebates 3. news stories about the service
2. Premiums 4. the tangibles of the service
3. Samples 5. credence qualities ANS:- 2
4. Merchandise allowances Which of the following is an intangible dominant
5. Coupons ANS:- 2 product ?
With you all the way is the slogan of 1. flowers
1. Vodafone 2. perfume
2. SBI 3. food
3. ICICI 4. mortage
4. Raymond's 5. car ANS:- 4
5. HDFC ANS:- 2 Which one of the promotion elements is probably the
Cross selling means most powerful for services ?
1. Identifying customer needs 1. publicity
2. matching the products to customer needs 2. advertising
3. convincing the customers of product benefits 3. personal selling
4. responding to questions and objections of 4. sales promotion
customers 5. none of these ANS:- 3
5. none of these ANS:- 5 A high-contact service is one in which
An advertising campaign that tries to persuade people 1. the customer and service provider must meet
to avoid drinking and driving is an example of frequently
1. service advertising 2. the customer must be physically present to receive
2. social marketing the service
3. campaign marketing 3. the service provider must be present when the
4. product advertising service is provided
5. none of these ANS:- 2 4. a great deal of physical touching is required
Which of the followign is not a benefit of direct 5. none of these ANS:- 2
marketing ? Which marketing activity does NOT occur in non-
1. customer relationship building business marketing ?
2. immediate response 1. Distribution
3. convenience 2. Exchange
4. assists client prospecting ANS- 4 3. Profits
5. greater product access and selection 4. Negotiation
Because of a service's ___________, standardization 5. Persuasion ANS:- 3
and quality are extremely difficult to control __________ is the value of the benefit that is given up
1. intangibility by selecting one alternative rather than another
2. inspeparability 1. Benefit loss
3. homogeneity 2. Opportunity cost
4. heterogeneity 3. Privileged cost
5. perishability ANS:- 4 4. Selection cost
In modern days, sales approach is based on ________ 5. Exchange loss ANS:- 2
1. value sharing Relationships among channel members, i.e.,
2. relation building producers, wholesalers and retailers, are usually
3. coordinated approach 1. short-term commitments
4. all of the above 2. long-term commitments
5. none of the above ANS:- 4 3. expensive resource commitments
4. only minor commitments 5. None of these ANS:- 4
5. none of these ANS:- 2 Of the following functions, which set is MOST likely to
SET 17 be passed on to wholesalers by producers ?
What is the overall goal of relationship marketing ? 1. Transportation, Packaging and Financing
1. Encourage utilization of products over the lifespan 2. Product Development, Advertising and Financing
of the consumer 3. Warehousing, Transportation, and advertising
2. Increase sales of new products 4. Financing, Transportation and Branding
3. Improve profitability 5. Market Information, Transportation, Warehousing
4. Developing strategic partnerships with valued and Financing ANS:- 5
customers By buying in large quantities and delivering to
5. All the above ANS:- 4 customers in smaller lots, a wholesaler may perform
Personal selling can be defined as which of the all of the following physical distributi9on activities
following ? except
1. People communication 1. inventory planning
2. Inter-connective communication 2. transportation
3. Local communication 3. materials handling
4. Interpersonal communication 4. unit pricing
5. Direct communication ANS:- 4 5. communication ANS:- 4
Breaking down large, homogeneous inventories into Economics in marketing can be achieved in terms of
smaller lots for wholesalers and retailers is 1. sales literature
1. Sorting out 2. inventory management
2. Assorting 3. after sales service requirements
3. Accumulation 4. all of the above
4. Allocation 5. none of these ANS:- 4
5. None of these ANS:- 4 The strategy of identifying an attractive market
Customers who purchase encyclopedias from door-to- segment and serving it in a way that differentiates the
door salespeople are acquiring products through retailer from others in consumers' minds is termed :
1. the most efficient channel of distribution 1. product positioning
2. the most common type of marketing channels 2. niche retailing
3. a direct-marketing channel 3. retail positioning
4. a business-to-business channel of distribution 4. merchandise policy
Nationally distributed consumer convenience products When a retailer adds unrelated products and product
such as cigarettes are MOSt likely distributed through lines to the existing product mix, this is termed
which of the following channels ? 1. range expansion
1. Producers - Consumers 2. mix scrambling
2. Producer - Agents - Wholesalers - Retailers - 3. merchandise extension
Consumers 4. scrambled merchandising
3. Producer - Wholesalers - Consumers 5. none of these ANS:- 4
4. Producer - Wholesalers - Retailers - Consumers A retail establishment that is open twenty-four hours a
5. Producer - Industrial Distributor - Wholesalers - day
Retailers – Consumers ANS:- 4 1. will have higher sales than other retailers
There are four major characteristics of personal 2. provides time utility
selling. Which of the following is not one of these 3. is adhering to the marketing concept
characteristics ? 4. is production-oriented
1. Cost 5. none of these ANS:- 2
2. Cultivation The primary advantage of automatic vending as a
3. Personality form of retailing is that :
4. Precision 1. it provides continuous service to customers
5. Impact ANS:- 3 2. it eliminates the need for sales personnel
Which among the following generally does not come 3. vending machines require little maintenance
under Corporate Banking ? 4. it offers low cost, personal method of selling
1. Structured Finance 5. none of these ANS:- 2
2. Government Banking IF the demand for products is unpredictable, suppliers
3. FI, Capital Markets & Custodial Services must be able to respond quickly to inventory needs. In
4. Debit Cards these cases, ____________ may be a minor
consideration when compared with service, 4. Profit by customer satisfaction
dependability, and timeliness. 5. All of the above ANS:- 5
1. Planning To make proper marketing decisions we need to be
2. Strategy done ____________
3. Objectives 1. Market research
4. Cost 2. Financial product
5. Speed ANS:- 4 3. Targeted marketing
Which among the following does not come under the 4. Publicity
organizational objectives of the bank in India ? 5. None of these ANS:- 1
1. To Earn Profit To survive in the growing competition banks need to
2. To play a developmental role in Rural India implement ______________
3. To Provide employment to maximum people 1. Free schemes
4. To Improve Customer Relationships 2. Service orientation
5. All of above are organizational objectives of the 3. Marketing Orientation
bank in India ANS:- 3 4. Core banking
Without which of the following a bank cannot survive 5. None of these ANS:- 3
1. Cash Gathering information about customers or market is
2. Computers known as _____________
3. Customers 1. Customer inspection
4. Credit 2. Checking market area
5. Competitors ANS:- 3 3. Need of a bank
Marketing is complex in Banks compared to other 4. Market Research
commercial concerns. Which among the following 5. None of these ANS:- 4
justifies this statement ? Treating of the market as a homogenous group and
1. Bank marketing is a service Marketing offering the same services to all customers is a ______
2. The focus of the bank marketing is customer 1. Mass marketing
3. The Bank marketing is doubly oriented 2. Segment marketing
4. Banking products are intangible 3. Local marketing
5. None of these ANS:- 3 4. Group marketing
What has been the effect on banks by the increased 5. None of these ANS:- 1
role of capital markets in mobilizing funds ? Process or methodology used to learn more about
1. It increased the importance of banks customers' needs and behaviors is ?
2. it decreased the importance of banks 1. Selling process
3. it did not affect the importance of banks 2. Customer relationship management
4. it provided an opportunity for banks to earn more 3. Believing in customer
5. none of them ANS:- 2 4. Customer facing
Which of the following Banks in India is known to be 5. None of these ANS:- 2
the first Indian bank to adopt the concept of market Labelling means ___________
segmentation ? 1. Identifying the product or brand
1. Punjab National Bank 2. To provide information about the product
2. State Bank of India 3. Promoting the product through 'attractive graphics'
3. ICICI Bank 4. All of the above
4. Bank of Baroda 5. None of the above ANS:- 4
5. Canara Bank ANS:- 2 Developing and spreading persuasive communications
SET 18 about an offer or a product is known as _________
Bank marketing is aimed at providing services to 1. Promotion
satisfy customer's ____________ needs. 2. Information
1. Physical 3. Channel usage
2. Financial 4. Distribution
3. Primary 5. None of these ANS:- 1
4. Market Converting an opportunity to revenue by salesperson
5. None of these ANS:- 2 depends on ___________
Objective of marketing is ______________ 1. Sales manager
1. Target market 2. Pay scale
2. Fulfil needs 3. Skills and willingness of the sales person
3. Integrated Marketing 4. Competitors
5. None of these ANS:- 3 Modern style of marketing include ___________
Why banks having less focus on customer although 1. E-Commerce
they use direct marketing ? 2. E-mail solicitation
1. Due to lack of appreciation of need for marketing 3. Social media marketing
in banking 4. All of these
2. Banks do not need customers much 5. None of these ANS:- 4
3. Direct marketing never gives importance to One of the following is not included in market
customers segmentation. ___________
4. Banks need money than customers 1. Geographic Segmentation
5. None of these ANS:- 1 2. Demographic Segmentation
Identify the direct marketing tool from the following 3. Sales Segmentation
1. Core banking 4. Behavioral Segmentation
2. Kiosks 5. None of these ANS:- 3
3. Direct mailing Census means __________________
4. Websites 1. A stock market index
5. All of these ANS:- 5 2. A complete canvas of a polulation
A set of tools used in marketing is _____________ 3. A list of voters in a constitution
1. Direct marketing 4. A channel in marketing
2. Sales personal 5. None of these ANS:- 2
3. Marketing mix The legal term for brand is _________
4. Market value 1. Trademark
5. None of these ANS:- 3 2. Name
One of the following is NOT included in 4 P's of 3. Identity of Product
Marketing.. 4. Symbol of Product
1. Product 5. None of these ANS:- 1
2. Price SET 19
3. Place Q. Which of the following is a sales method, where the
4. Policy customer's attention is drawn, benefits are showed,
5. None of these ANS:- 4 and finally the deal is closed ?
What are the four stages of product life cycle ? 1. above-the-fold-method
1. Introduction, Growth, Maturity and Decline 2. ABC method
2. Starting, Sales, Service and End 3. Absolute Benefit Method
3. Introduction, Sales, Service and End 4. Attention Benefit method
4. Starting, Growth, Sales and Decline 5. None of these ANS:-2
5. None of these ANS:- 1 Q. 'Shoplifting' is known as _____________
SWOT Stands for ______________ 1. theft of retail merchandise during store house
1. Strength, Weakness, Opportunities and Threats 2. burglary of a house
2. Selling, Willing, Opening and Treating 3. Both 1 and 2
3. Sales, Winning, Opportunity and Team 4. Neither 1 nor 2
4. Sales, Weakness, Opportunity and Team 5. None of these ANS:- 1
5. None of these ANS:- 1 Q. A merger is also called as ______________
Difference between marketing and selling is ________ 1. an amalgamation
a) Marketing focus on customer and selling focus on 2. a consortium
seller 3. a joint venture
b) Marketing practices integrated approach and 4. an acquisition
selling practices fragmented approach 5. None of these ANS:- 1
c) Marketing converts customer's need into product Q. A group of Blue collar customers of a bank will be
and selling converts product into cash placed in which of the following segments ?
d) Marketing makes profits through customer 1. Profession segments
satisfaction, selling makes profits through sales 2. Gender based segment
volume 3. Income segment
1. only a 4. Institutional Segment
2. a, b and d 5. None of these ANS:- 1
3. b and d Q. Inventory means ?
4. all a, b, c and d 1. amount of goods sold
5. None of these ANS:- 4 2. amount of goods lying unsold
3. manufacturing new products 4. Variable cost
4. amount of goods sold on credit 5. None of these ANS:- 4
5. None of these ANS:- 2 Q. List of goods being transported, made out by the
Q. ______________ means making a smaller business, carrier is called ?
part of a larger one, so that the smaller company in 1. Bill of Exchange
effect no longer exists. 2. Waybill
1. Merger 3. Indemnity Bond
2. Amalgamation 4. Lorry Bond
3. Absorption 5. None of these ANS:- 2
4. Invention Q. Monopsony is a market situation in which there
5. None of these ANS:- 3 exists
Q. A price fixed by a manufacturer which cannot be 1. many customers one supplier
varied by a retailer is called ____________ 2. many customers many suppliers
1. Ad valorem Price 3. few customers few suppliers
2. Manufacturing price 4. one customer many suppliers
3. Retailer's price 5. None of these ANS:- 4
4. Market Price Q. An index showing the rises and falls of prices of
5. Administered Price ANS:- 5 manufactured goods as they leave the factory is called
Q. Which of the following is the tax calculated on the 1. Sales Index
sales value of the goods ? 2. Wholesale Price Index
1. Custom tax 3. Individual Price Index
2. Excise duty 4. International Price Index
3. Invention cost 5. None of these ANS:- 2
4. Reimbursement Duty Q. Which of the following belongs to the category of
5. Ad valorem tax ANS:- 5 'White Goods' ?
Q. A product with added benefits such as warranties 1. Refrigerator
or installation service etc. 2. Turbine
1. Augmented Product 3. Train
2. Bullion Product 4. Cement
3. Manufacturer's Product 5. None of these ANS:- 1
4. Retailer's product Q. Which of the following characteristics is not
5. None of these ANS:- 1 associated with wholesalers ?
Q. A period of expansion of business activity is called 1. Assembly
1. depression 2. Distribution to retailers
2. recession 3. Selling to consumers
3. slump 4. Grading
4. boom 5. None of these ANS:- 3
5. None of these ANS:- 4 Q. Loco Price means ?
Q. Bullion does not include 1. customer's price
1. gold 2. retailer's price
2. silver 3. wholesaler's price
3. cash 4. manufacturer's price
4. both 1 and 2 5. None of these ANS:- 4
5. None of these ANS:- 3 Q. In India, which commission can be approached to
Q. Which of the following is an example of an curb misleading advertisements ?
intangible asset ? 1. CCI
1. building 2. MTP
2. machinery 3. ISPT
3. patent 4. QTP
4. cash 5. None of these ANS:- 1
5. None of these ANS:- 3 SET 20
Q. Production cost which increase with the quantity of Q. PBX in business communication jargon stands for
product made is called ? 1. Personal Branch Exchange
1. Absorption Cost 2. Private Branch Exchange
2. High Production Cost 3. Personnel Bureau Exchange
3. Non-fixed cost 4. Public Bureau Exchange
5. None of these ANS:- 2 5. None of these ANS:- 3
Q. The practice of looking at goods in shop windows, Q. A bank doesn't honour
without buying anything is 1. an ante-dated cheque
1. Empty Shopping 2. a state cheque
2. Timely Shopping 3. a post-dated cheque
3. Outing Shopping 4. both 2 and 3
4. Window Shopping 5. None of these ANS:- 4
5. Outdoor Shopping ANS:- 4 Q. What is a Finge benefit ?
Q. A situation in which, whatever happens or 1. Added advantages available to shareholders
whatever choice is made, the people involved will 2. Indirect, non cash benefits provided to employees
benefit is called 3. Salaries paid
1. Good situation 4. Benefits to manufacturers due to location of the
2. Perfection situation producing unit
3. Win-Win situation 5. None of these ANS:- 2
4. Lose-Lose situation Q. Caveat Emptor means
5. Win-Lose situation ANS:- 3 1. an economy where the emperor/ ruler governs the
Q. MRTP Act is rate at which money is lent
1. Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act 2. means that buyer is responsible for the quality of
2. Motor Regulations and Transport Providers Act the goods he buys
3. Municipal Roads and Transport Policy Act 3. person in charge of a meeting
4. Merchant Regulations and Traders Principles Act 4. 1 or 2
Q. NABARD, a bank, is the nodal agency for Q. Brainstorming is used by the management for
1. Agriculture finance 1. Work allocation of the shop floor
2. Street industry finance 2. Generating alternative for problem solving
3. Automobile finance 3. The promotion of research and development
4. Petrochemical finance 4. Training employees
Q. A Free Trade Zone is an area Q. Product line is a _____________
1. where goods are traded free of cost 1. specific model of product
2. where goods are traded through barter 2. group of closely related items
3. where there are no customs duties 3. all products offered by a company
4. where government controls production and 4. both 1 and 2
distribution 5. None of these ANS:- 2
5. None of these ANS:- 3 Q. The Stock Exchanges in India are regulated by
Q. High-priced goods which are kept in use for a 1. RBI
relatively long time and so are not replaced very 2. SEBI
frequently are called _____________ 3. SBI
1. White goods 4. IDBI
2. Yellow goods 5. None of these ANS:- 2
3. Red goods Q. Underwriting in terms of shares means
4. Orange goods 1. Agreeing to purchase shortfall of shares in a
5. None of these ANS:- 2 company in case of undersubscription
Q. Goods which are not bought as often as fast- 2. Selling shares at a discount
moving items but are replaced from time to time are 3. Purchasing property at less than market price
called 4. a and b
1. White goods 5. None of these ANS:- 1
2. Yellow goods Q. A small size of news paper, as opposed to a
3. Red goods broadsheet
4. Orange goods 1. magazine
5. None of these ANS:- 4 2. journal
Q. Fast-selling convenience goods are called 3. tabloid
1. White goods 4. district edition
2. Yellow goods 5. None of these ANS:- 3
3. Red goods
4. Orange goods
Q. The aiming of advertising or selling at a specific 3. Board of Industries Financial Reconciliation
group of consumers who all have similar 4. Bank of Industries Financial Reconstruction
characteristics 5. BIFR ANS:- 2
1. Same-people Marketing Q. 'Imprest Cash' in Business Terminology means
2. Individual Marketing 1. Cash maintained for Sunday expenses
3. Services Marketing 2. Cash maintained for holidays
4. Industrial Marketing 3. Cash maintained for closure of business
5. Target Marketing ANS:- 5 4. Cash maintained for top executive expenses
Q. Which among the following is not included in 5. None of these ANS:- 4
fringe benefits available to an employee ? Q. Collateral Security in Business means
1. old age survivors benefits 1. Additional or Supporting security
2. pensions 2. No security
3. gratuities 3. Security in the form of Gold
4. both 1 and 2 4. Security for top executives
Q. Advertising which makes use of testimonials from Q. A philosophy and style of management that gives
famous or qualified people, or from satisfied everyone in an organization responsibility for
customers, to endorse a product is called delivering quality to the customer is
1. Proof Advertisement 1. Total Quality Management
2. Direct Advertisement 2. Investment Management
3. Testimonial Advertisement 3. Institutional Management
4. Back-door Advertisement 4. Forward Management
SET 21 Q. A period during which trade expands, then slows
Q. Which among the following is a source of down and then expands again is called
recruitment of sales force ? 1. Business Recession
1. Advertisement 2. Boom
2. Employment agencies 3. Slump
3. Educational Institutions 4. Trade Cycle
4. All of the above 5. None of these ANS:- 4
5. None of the above ANS- 4 Q. An act of exchanging a thing with another thing as
Q. 'Rat Race' in Marketing / Business terminology a part of a business is called ?
means 1. Business Exchange
1. A race conducted for rats 2. Trade-off
2. accepted proposal 3. Bidding
3. Competition for success in a business 4. Tender
4. Meeting an obligation when it is due 5. None of these ANS:- 2
5. None of these ANS:- 3 Q. The following offering is not a service
Q. 'Going Concern' concept of business says which of 1. Fixed deposit receipt
the following 2. Postage stamp
1. Business will continue trading over a long period 3. Insurance Policy
of time 4. Gift coupon of a chain store
2. Anticipate no profit and provide for all possible 5. None of these ANS:- 4
losses Q. Mobile phones in India are in the ______ stage of
3. The period of allocation f the cost of an asset product life cycle
4. 1 and 2 1. Introduction
5. None of these ANS:- 1 2. Growth
Q. PAN in Business terms means 3. Maturity
1. Performing Asset Number 4. Decline
2. Personal Address Number 5. None of these ANS:- 2
3. Permanent Account Number Q. Selling lays emphasis on the _________________
4. Personal Account Number whereas marketing on _______________
5. None of these ANS:- 3 1. Product, Customer wants
Q. BIFR stands for 2. Production, Customer Wants
1. Bank for industrial and Financial Reconstruction 3. Production, Product
2. Board of Industrial and Financial Reconstruction 4. Product, Cost
5. None of these ANS:- 1 4. Account book
Q. In market skimming pricing strategy 5. None of these ANS:- 1
1. Initially price is lower and then it is increased Q. "Sole trading" has ____________ owner(s)
2. Initial price is high and is maintained high 1. One
3. Initial price is low and is maintained low 2. Two
4. Initial price is higher and then it is reduced 3. More than 3
5. None of these ANS:- 4 4. More than 10
Q. Marketing research data is gathered by 5. None of these ANS:- 1
1. Observation Q. Marketing effort includes ____________
2. In-depth interviews 1. Level of the budgeted expenses
3. Control experiment 2. Trading
4. All of the above 3. Financing
5. None of these ANS:- 4 4. Selling
Q. A market in which only two firms exist is called 5. All of these ANS:- 1
1. Oligopoly Q. A person who owes money to the business is called
2. Duopoly 1. creditor
3. Duopsony 2. proprietor
4. Oligopsony 3. debtor
5. None of these ANS= 2 4. both 1 and 2
Q. A fad is 5. None of these ANS:- 3
1. Unpredictable Q. A person who is in a position to pay his debts is
2. Short lived called a / an
3. Without social, economic, political significance 1. insolvent
4. All of these 2. solvent
5. None of these ANS= 4 3. bankrupt
Q. A market situation in which there are only a few 4. broke
sellers & each seller can influence its price output 5. None of these ANS:- 2
policy is called Q. Gross profit is equal to
1. Oligopoly 1. selling price minus purchase price
2. Monopoly 2. selling price minus purchase price plus
3. Monopolistic depreciation
4. Duopoly 3. depreciation plus unsold stock minus purchase
5. None of these ANS:- 1 price
Q. Marketing thinking starts with the fact of 4. purchase price minus production cost
1. Human needs and wants 5. None of these ANS:- 1
2. Basic functional area of business Q. Which of the following is not a type of Bank credit
3. Earning profit 1. Loan
4. All of these 2. Fixed deposit
5. None of these ANS:- 1 3. Overdraft
Q. Colgate, Samsung etc are 4. All of these
1. Public Limited companies 5. None of these ANS:- 2
2. Monopoly items Q. The object of the contract must be
3. Legal terms 1. Lawful
4. Brand Names 2. Opposed to public policy
5. None of these ANS:- 4 3. To defeat the provision of law
SET 27 4. Illegal
Q. Intangible assets are 5. None of these ANS:- 1
1. Which can be physically verified Q. ____________ can be used as a standard to
2. Which cannot be seen or touched measure the efficiency of an economy
3. Which are written as expenses 1. Cash reserve ratio
4. Which will be spent in the future 2. Exchange rate ratio
5. None of these ANS:- 2 3. Incremental capital output ratio
Q. "Primary book" maintained in a business is 4. Profit ratio
1. Journal 5. None of these ANS:- 3
2. Ledger Q. List of people employed and paid by a company is
3. Cash book 1. Payroll
2. Patent Q. Money paid to an inventor or writer for the right
3. Atlay to use his property is
4. Atsource 1. Revival
5. None of thes ANS:- 1 2. Royalty
Q. Patents and copyrights fall under the category of 3. Restructuring
1. Current assets 4. Resolution
2. Liquid assets 5. None of these ANS:- 2
3. Intangible assets SET 26
4. Nominal assets Q. Which sister organization of the World Bank helps
5. None of these ANS:- 3 private activity in developing countries by financing
Q. Dumping can be defined as projects with long-term capital in the form of equity
1. Throwing away consumer goods without and loans ?
destroying them 1. Asian Development Bank
2. Buying industrial waste under sea 2. IMF
3. Throwing Radioactive waste in other countries 3. International Development Association
4. The sale of goods by a foreign supplier at a 4. International Finance Corporation
price below a native supplier's prices 5. None of these ANS:- 4
5. None of these ANS:- 4 Q. Which sister organization of the World Bank
Q. Which of the following labels is not associated with provides long term loans at zero interest to the poor
a role of buying Decision Making Unit ? and developing countries ?
1. Supplier 1. Asian Development Bank
2. Gatekeeper 2. IMF
3. Decision Maker 3. International Development Association
4. User 4. International Finance Corporation
Q. Inflation is caused by certain factors Q. Who is known as the "Father of Economics" ?
1. Those causing an increase in demand 1. Adam Smith
2. Those a short, fall in supply 2. Chanakya
3. Structural rigidities in the economy 3. Machiavelli
4. All of these 4. Jhonson
Q. PLR stands for Q. Which was the first Indian Bank to introduce
1. Planned load rate credit card ?
2. Prime Lending Rate 1. State Bank of India
3. Planned Liquid Ratio 2. Central Bank of India
4. Prime Liquid Ratio 3. Union Bank of India
5. None of these ANS:- 2 4. ICICI Bank
Q. A manual worker in a factor is called a 5. None of these ANS:- 2
1. white-collar worker Q. What does devaluation of a currency mean ?
2. black-collar worker 1. decrease in the internal value of money
3. green-collar worker 2. decrease in the external value of money
4. blue-collar worker 3. decrease both in the external and internal values of
5. None of these ANS:- 4 money
Q. A person who writes advertisement is called a 4. None of these
1. Copier 5. both 1 and 2 ANS:- 2
2. Copy writer Q. Which of the following is known as plastic money ?
3. Conveyer 1. bearer cheques
4. Correspondent 2. credit cards
5. None of these ANS:- 2 3. demand dreafts
Q. "e & o.e" stands for 4. gift cheques
1. errors and omissions excepted 5. None of these ANS:- 2
2. extras and omissions excepted Q. Failure to carryout a contract is called ?
3. errors and omissions expected 1. breaking
4. extras and omissions expected 2. default
5. None of these ANS:- 3 3. overdraft
4. insolvency
5. None of these ANS:- 1 3. short term funds
Q. A Government order which stops trade is called ? 4. Both 1 and 2
1. embargo 5. None of these ANS:- 3
2. stay order Q. Transfer of an existing or future right, property or
3. trade ban a debt by one person to another is called
4. trade boycott 1. assignment
5. None of these ANS:- 1 2. pledge
Q. The debt which can never be recovered is a / an 3. endorsement
1. dead debt 4. charge
2. forgotten debt 5. None of these ANS:- 1
3. bad debt Q. No interest is paid by banks on
4. doubtful debt 1. Recurring deposits
5. None of these ANS:- 3 2. Current deposits
Q. A situation where two companies hold shares in 3. Saving deposits
each other is called ? 4. Fixed deposits
1. equity holding 5. None of these ANS:- 2
2. swapping Q. A method of comparing the internal capabilities of
3. reciprocal holding an organization with the demands and challenges of
4. cross holding its external environment is referred to as
5. None of these ANS:- 4 1. SHOT analysis
Q. Ability of a customer to pay for good bought on 2. SWOT analysis
credit is called 3. stake holder analysis
1. goodwill 4. shareholder analysis
2. credibility 5. None of these ANS= 2
3. credit worthiness 20. "Stag" in a share market is
4. reputation 1. an animal
5. None of these ANS:- 3 2. a short term security
Q. Which of the following is an example of informal 3. a broker who deals in new shares
communication ? 4. shares of shut down companies
1. Office order 5. None of these ANS:- 3
2. Memo SET 22
3. Grapevine Which of the following is not correct with regard to
4. Circular marketing ?
5. None of these ANS:- 3 1. Marketing is a Management Function
Q. Which of the following doesn't appear on the 2. Marketing is a Philosophy
liabilities side of the balance sheet ? 3. Marketing is not related to Business Activity alone
1. Capital 4. Marketing means selling
2. Loans 5. Objective of Marketing is to achieve customer
3. Advertisement expenditure satisfaction ANS- 4
4. Share capital Which of the following is a part of Marketing
5. None of these ANS:- 3 Management ?
Q. Harmonising of various activities means ? 1. Identification of Business Opportunities
1. Co-opeartion 2. Understanding the Customer needs
2. Span of Control 3. Producing according to customer needs
3. Co-ordination 4. Delivering as per Customer convenience
4. Direction 5. All the above ANS- 5
5. None of these ANS:- 1 If Surf Excel is three pack sizes and two types of
Q. A company comes into existence when it gets packages, what is the product depth ?
1. High court order 1. Two
2. Central Government order 2. Three
3. Certificate of Commencement 3. Six
4. Certificate of incorporation 4. Eight
5. None of these ANS:- 4 5. Nine ANS- 3
Q. Money market is a market for For promotion under 4 P, which aspect is not taken
1. Long term funds into account ?
2. medium term funds 1. Advertisement
2. Sales Promotion A.Consumers
3. Sales Force B.BusinessFirms
4. Public Relations C. Government
5. None of the above ANS- 5 D. Producers
In 4 P model for marketing, the place relates to which 1. Only A
aspect ? 2. Only A & B
1. Distribution 3. A, B & D
2. Production 4. All the above
3. Transportation 5. None of these ANS- 4
4. both 1 & 3 In Banking Services, Market can be segmented on the
5. both 2 & 3 ANS- 4 basis of
In modern times _________ is defined as the 5th P of 1. Density
marketing ? 2. Customers
1. Policy 3. Both 1 & 2
2. Period 4. Neither 1 nor 2
3. Perception 5. None of these ANS- 3
4. Packaging Sales targets are fixed on the basis of
5. None of these ANS- 4 1. Past experience
What among the following is the feature of 2. Time period
experienced goods ? 3. Brand positionally
1. These are intangible 4. All the above
2. These cannot be packaged 5. None of these ANS- 4
3. These cannot be touched Which among the following is an example of
4. These can be evaluated only after use Secondary Media ?
5. all the above ANS- 5 1. Television
A Brand Name is ? 2. Radio
1. A Symbol or a design for the purpose of 3. Hoardings
identification 4. News Papers
2. Its legal version is trademark 5. None of these ANS- 3
3. It is given legal protection Emotional and Rational buying motives can be
4. All the above differentiated on the bais of
5. None of the above ANS- 4 1. Time in purchasing
Rural Markets are 2. Dominance
1. Homogeneous 3. Nature of product
2. Heterogeneous 4. All the above
3. Organized 5. None of these ANS- 4
4. Unorganized Which of the following is not usually defined as an
5. None of these ANS- 2 element of the marketing mix ?
When very little is known about the problem being 1. Products
examined, which type of marketing research is done ? 2. Place
1. Exploratory Research 3. People
2. Descriptive Research 4. Profits
3. Casual Research 6. None of these ANS- 4
4. Predictive Research The following does not represent a market situation
5. None of these ANS- 1 1. A bank run dispensary in its staff quarters
It is difficult to measure the morale of the sales team 2. A fund rising Charity Show for the members of an
directly because NGO
1. It is a tangible state 3. A meditation Camp of a religious organization
2. It is an intangible state conducted for its members
3. Employees hide the truth 4. A stall distributing Tirumala prasadam in a mandir
4. All the above 5. None of these ANS- 4
5. None of these ANS- 2 The markets are grouped into different types based on
Which among the following is / are user / users of the teh geographical area, location of market place,
outcome of the Marketing Research ? product, nature of transaction and volume of
transaction. In the above statement the following is not
correct ?
1. Nature of transaction 3. Partially biased
2. Geographical area 4. Any one of the above
3. Location of Market place 5. None of these ANS- 1
4. Volume of transaction Q The Strategy used to charge different prices for the
5. None of these ANS- 3 same product is called
The act of obtaining a desired object from someone by 1. Price discrimination
offering something in return is called 2. Price Revision
1. Transaction 3. Tariffs
2. Exchange 4. Restrictions
3. Relationship 5. None of these ANS- 1
4. Value
5. None of these ANS- 2 Q The nature of Internet commerce can best be
described as
SET 23 1. Tangible
Q Services have special characteristics namely 2. Non Tangible
________which affect their Marketing process 3. Territorial
1. Intangibility 4. both 1 & 2
2. Inseparability 5. None of these ANS- 4
3. Heterogeneity Q In on line marketing, there is
4. Perishability 1. No exchange
5. All the above ANS- 5 2. Exchange is the core of marketing
Q "Just in time" technique has wider acceptance 3. Guarantee
world over. The technique was first introduced in ? 4. Only Warranty
1. India 5. None of these ANS- 2
2. Indonesia Q The law of Pull & Push of Web Marketing refers
3. Japan to
4. America 1. Pull people to your site, then push quality
5. None of these ANS- 3 information to them
Q Consumer day is celebrated on 2. Pull people to your site and force them to purchase
__________________ 3. Pull people to your site and Push them away
1. March 15th 4. Pull the money of people and push them out
2. June 15th 5. None of these ANS- 1
3. May 15th Q What is the first thing about an advertisement that
4. July 15th attracts your attention ?
5. March 25th ANS- 1 1. Product
Q Which among the following is / are characteristics 2. Music
of common market ? 3. Model
1. A common external trade policy exists 4. Special effects
2. There are no trade barriers among members 5. None of these ANS- 1
3. Creates mobility of factors of production Q Business ethics is essentially about
4. All of these 1. universal codes of business practice
5. None of these ANS- 4 2. societal oriented behavior by firms
Q In case of Diamond, if the price goes up slightly, 3. A culturally conditional agreement on what
demand will fall by a much larger margin. The constitutes right and wrong
demand is 4. Honesty
1. Zero elastic 5. None of these ANS- 2
2. Highly price elastic Q If the market share of a company is increasing
3. Income elastic 1. It is a sign of progress
4. Low price elastic 2. The company must take the action to arrest the
5. None of these ANS- 2 trend
Q Advertising creates consumers demand for 3. both 1 & 2
products that they would otherwise not feel a need to 4. neither 1 nor 2
buy. This statement is 5. None of these ANS- 1
1. Partially true Q In modern days, sales approach is based on
2. Absolutely true
1. Value sharing 5. None of these ANS- 3
2. Relation building Q All marketing activities that attempt to stimulate
3. Coordinated approach quick buyer action or immediate sales of a product are
4. All the above known as
5. None of these ANS- 4 1. Sponsorship
Q What do you mean by Delphi Technique in Market 2. Advertising
Research ? 3. Personal Selling
1. In this a questionnaire is prepared 4. Sales Promotion
2. Depth interviews are conducted 5. None of these ANS- 4
3. Information is elicited by means of discussions Q Marketers can enhance the consumer's ability to
with various experts in the field access knowledge structures by
4. All the above 1. Using loud music
5. None of these ANS- 3 2. Using colorful ads
Q In the AIDAS theory of selling, 'D' stands for 3. Employing verbal framing
1. Determinants 4. Repeating brand information
2. Demand 5. None of these ANS- 3
3. Desire Q Spurithy notices the television commercial because
4. Development of the loud sounds. This is an example of
5. None of these ANS- 3 1. Exposure
Q Which criteria should be adopted by a marketer 2. Involuntary attention
for a brand extension decision ? 3. non voluntary attention
1. The fit 4. voluntary attention
2. The Value perception 5. None of these ANS- 2
3. Competitive edge Q A clothing store that sets their advertising budget
4. All the above by following the major competitor and adding an
5. None of these ANS- 4 additional 15 per cent is using the method
Q The quantity for which orders are placed when 1. percentage of sales
stock reaches the re-order level is called 2. arbitrary allocation
1. EOQ 3. objective and task
2. EPQ 4. competitive parity
3. DOQ 5. None of these ANS- 4
4. MOQ Q A bilateral monopoly is a market structure
5. None of these ANS- 1 consisting of both a monopoly (a single seller) and a
Q In testing a new product, concept testing is ____(a single buyer).
1. Customer reaction to the idea of product 1. Monopsony
2. Salesman reaction to the idea of product 2. Biopoly
3. To put the real product into a few selected markets 3. Triple poly
4. To assess the total product performance 4. multipoly
5. None of these ANS- 1 5. multisony ANS- 1
Q Niche Marketing refer to Q Which of these Indian companies has the largest
1. A strategy that specializes in limited or unique market capitalization
product category 1. ONGC
2. A strategy that specializes Niche products 2. Reliance
3. Both 1 & 2 3. Infosys
4. Neither 1 nor 2 4. BHEL
5. None of these ANS- 1 5. SBI ANS- 1
SET 24 Q The concept that consumers will favor those
Q Which of the following is not a foreign bank products which offer maximum quality performance
working in India and features and asks for continuous product
1. HSBC improvement is
2. Barclays 1. Marketing concept
3. Yes Bank 2. Product concept
4. Standard Chartered 3. Production concept
4. All the above
5. None of these ANS- 1 5. None of these ANS- 2
Q Sales Promotion Q A pricing strategy aimed at paying current or past
1. A must for competitive advantage due bills is
2. Compulsory 1. Survival pricing
3. Waste of time 2. Brand pricing
4. Must for profits 3. Status quo pricing
5. None of these ANS- 1 4. Due bill pricing
Q Oligopoly is a market organization in which there 5. None of these ANS- 1
are Q Marketing provides maximum satisfaction of
1. No seller 1. Profits
2. Few Buyers 2. Human wants
3. Few Sellers 3. Needs
4. Many buyers 4. both 1 & 3
5. Many sellers ANS- 3 5. None of these ANS- 2
Q In monopoly there are / is Q Moral advertising is also known as
1. Few sellers 1. Outdoor advertising
2. one seller 2. Direct mail advertising
3. Many sellers 3. Both 1 &2
4. few buyers 4. Tele advertising
5. None of these ANS- 2 5. None of these ANS- 1
Q "A monopolist is a market with one seller" is given Q LIC agent is an example of
by 1. Two level marketing
1. P C Dooley 2. Three level marketing
2. A J Braff 3. Direct marketing
3. Letwitch Observes 4. Indirect marketing
4. All the above 5. None of these ANS- 3
5. None of these ANS- 1 SET 25
Q Which of the following is not the factors of Q Market information means ?
production ? 1. Knowledge of shops and bazaars
1. Land 2. Knowledge of shipping malls
2. Labour 3. Knowledge of customer profile and product mix
3. Capital 4. Knowledge of various languages
4. Entrepreneur 5. None of these ANS- 3
5. None of these ANS- 4
Q Market Research is needed for ?
Q Market with one buyer and one seller 1. Checking the market area
1. Monopoly 2. Checking the right product to be sold
2. Bi monopoly 3. Making proper marketing decisions
3. Bilateral Monopoly 4. Deciding right time to sell
4. All the above 5. All of these ANS-5
5. None of these ANS- 3
Q Which of the following statements is true ?
Q Marketing management is a term _____________ 1. Marketing makes the company to go into loss due
than sales management to higher expenses
1. Wider 2. Marketing is not required in profit making
2. Narrower companies
3. Equal 3. Marketing sharpens the minds of the employees
4. Smaller 4. Marketing is a time bound seasonal function
5. None of these ANS- 1 5. Marketing is a waste of time ANS- 3
Q The systematic gathering and analyzing of data on Q Marketing plan helps in
a particular marketing problem is 1. better lead generation
1. Promotional research 2. better systems
2. marketing information 3. better results
3. marketing research 4. improved balance sheet
4. strategic information 5. better customer service ANS- 3
Q If marketing is done effectively which of the 1. Vodafone
following is not required ? 2. SBI
1. Advertisement 3. ICICI
2. Publicity 4. LIC
3. Market Research 5. Raymonds ANS- 2
4. Market Segmentation Q Arrange the following Steps of selling process in a
5. None of these ANS- 2 proper order in order to help the sales man ?
Q Motivation Means ? o I. Approach
1. Inspiring employees to perform better o II. Presentation and demonstration
2. Better communication skills o III. Prospecting and qualifying
3. Sales coaching o IV. Closing sales and follow-up
4. Market research o V. Handling objectives
5. None of these ANS- 1 1. II, III, I, V, IV
2. I, II, III, IV, V
Q In a selling process in today's world 3. I, II, V, III, IV
1. Only standard products are sold 4. II, I, III, V, IV
2. No customization required 5. None of these ANS- 2
3. The seller need not have product knowledge
4. the seller should aim at customer satisfaction Q Expand RTGS ?
5. only quantum of sales matters ANS- 4 1. Real Time Gross Settlement
2. Real Time Group Selling
Q Which of the following is an element of an 3. Retailers Trade Group Selling
organizations internal environment ? 4. Reliance Technology Group Sellers
1. competitors 5. None of these ANS- 1
2. employees
3. wholesalers Q Cross Selling means ?
4. retailers 1. Identifying customer needs
5. none of these ANS- 2 2. matching the products to customer needs
3. convincing the customers of product benefits
Q A Target market is 4. responding to questions and objections of
1. entire country customers
2. entire city 5. all of these ANS- 5
3. entire globe
4. that which consists of customers who need the Q The International Bank for Reconstruction and
identified product Development (IBR) is better known as ?
5. all of these ANS- 4 1. World Bank
2. Asian Development Bank
Q Sales forecasting involves 3. IMF
1. Sales planning 4. Security Bank
2. Sales pricing 5. None of these ANS- 1
3. Distribution Channels
4. Consumer tastes Q Marketing to reduce demand or shifting the
5. All of these ANS- 5 demand but not to destroy demand is known as
___________ ?
Q Which of the following product is being sold under 1. Market Demand
the brand name ZODIAC ? 2. Shift Demand
1. Shirts 3. Demarketing
2. Ties 4. Premarketing
3. Both 1 & 2 5. None of these ANS- 3
4. Computers
5. Mobiles ANS- 3 Q Temporarily pricing below the list price in order to
increase short 'run sales is known as _______ ?
Q SWIFT - cars are being manufactured by 1. Promotional pricing
1. DCM 2. Segmentation pricing
2. Maruti 3. Bundle pricing
3. Premier Automobiles 4. Product line pricing
4. Hyundai 5. None of these ANS- 1
5. None of these ANS- 2 1.
Q "With you all the way" is the slogan of ?

Banking and Computer PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Banking and Computer PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Banking and Computer PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Exam Guru Adda Presents

5. Green banking- Promoting environmental-friendly practices and reducing your carbon

11. Wholesale banking-Wholesale banking is the provision of services by banks to

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

1. Central Bank (RBI)

Non Scheduled Banks - No bank at present

Scheduled Banks -Divided into two

A) Domestic Banks B) Foreign Banks eg HSBC

• Primary credit societies

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

• Central Co-operative banks

3. Specialised Bank eg. Exim Bank, Nabard

First to be nationalised was RBI on January 1, 1949.

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

Indian bank merged into Punjab National Bank in 1995.

Types of Bank Deposits

Features of Current Accounts :

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

Fixed Deposit Accounts or Term Deposits

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

Non Performing Asset

A non performing asset (NPA) is a loan or an advance where;

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

Reserve Bank Of India

• Appointed/nominated for a period of four years

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

• Formulates, implements and monitors the monetary policy.

Regulator and supervisor of the financial system:

Manager of Foreign Exchange

• Manages the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999.

• Performs a wide range of promotional functions to support national objectives.

• Has 19 regional offices, most of them in state capitals and 9 Sub-offices.

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

Has five training establishments

A) MONETARY POLICY OF RBI :-

I) General I Quantitative Credit Control Methods :-

1. Bank Rate Policy :-

2. Open market operations :-

3. Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR)

4. Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR)

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

5. Repo And Reverse Repo Rates

II) SELECTIVE / QUALITATIVE CREDIT CONTROL METHODS :-

3. Discriminatory Interest Rate (DIR)

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

NEFT AND RTGS

Q.3. Who can transfer funds using NEFT?

Q.4. Who can receive funds through the NEFT system?

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

Q.6. What are the operating hours of NEFT?

Q.7. How does the NEFT system operate?

Q.8. What is IFSC?

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

Q.9. How can the IFSC of a bank-branch be found?

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

Q.15. Can remittances be sent abroad using NEFT?

Like us on Facebook- www.facebook.com/ExamGuruAdda

Q.19. Is there a way for the remitter to track a transaction in NEFT?